AGA Guia 6 PDF

GPTC GUIDE FOR GAS TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS
2003 EDITON
ADDENDUM NO. 6, September 2006
The changes in this addendum are marked by wide vertical lines inserted to the left of modified text or by
overwriting the left border of most tables. The Federal Regulations were changed by 1 amendment that
affected 30 sections of the guide. Nine transactions affected 12 sections of the guide.
Editorial updates include application of the Editorial Guidelines, updating reference titles, adjustments to
page numbering, and adjustment of text on pages. While only significant editorial updates are marked, all
affected pages carry the current addendum footnote. Editorial updates affected 24 sections of the guide
(plus other sections impacted by page adjustments).
The following table shows the affected sections, the pages to be removed, and their replacement pages.
1
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Copyright American Gas Association

Provided by IHS under license with AGA Licensee=BP International/5928366101
No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS Not for Resale, 06/10/2007 17:12:53 MDT
FS Amendment - Amdt. Number
New or Updated GM - TR Number
GM Under Review - GMUR
Editorial Update - EU
Guide Section Reason For Change Pages to be Removed Replacement Pages

Title Page EU i/ii thru ix/x i/ii thru ix/x
Table of Contents EU
Historical Reconstruction EU xxiii/xxiv, xxv/xxvi, xxiii/xxiv, xxv/xxvi,
of Part 192 xxix/xxx, xxx(a)/xxx(b) xxix/xxx, xxx(a)/xxx(b)
Historical Record of EU xlix/l thru lix/lx xlix/l thru lix/lx
Amendments to Part 192
GPTC Membership EU
Subpart A 192.3 EU (TR04-10 Previous) 19/20 19/20
192.7 Amdt. 192-103 21/22 thru 25/26 21/22 thru 25/26
Subpart C 192.115 EU 39/40 thru 47/48 39/40 thru 47/48
192.121 EU, Amdt. 192-103,
TR04-10
192.123 Amdt. 192-103
Subpart D 192.145 Amdt. 192-103, TR04-13 49/50 and 51/52 49/50 and 51/52
Subpart E 192.225 Amdt. 192-103 89/90 thru 93/94 89/90 thru 93/94
192.227 Amdt. 192-103
192.229 Amdt. 192-103
192.241 Amdt. 192-103
192.245 EU
Subpart F 192.281 EU 99/100 thru 103/104 99/100 thru 103/104
192.283 EU, Amdt. 192-103
Subpart G 192.305 EU 109/110 109/110
192.319 EU 117/118 thru 121/122 117/118 thru 121/122
192.321 EU
192.323 TR05-04
Subpart I 192.453 TR02-28 143/144 143/144 thru
144(a)/144(b)
192.465 TR02-27 153/154 153/154 thru
154(a)/154(b)
192.479 EU 161/162 161/162
Subpart J 192.515 TR04-30 175/176 175/176
Subpart K 192.557 EU 183/184 183/184
Subpart L 192.615 TR05-11 207/208 and 211/211(a) 207/208 and 211/211(a)
192.616 Amdt. 192-103 --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
192.619 Amdt. 192-103 213/214 and 215/216 213/214 and 215/216

Subpart M 192.745 EU 249/250 249/250
192.747 EU
Heading Amdt. 192-103 255/(256, 257, & 258) 255/(256, 257, & 258)
before
192.761
Subpart O Heading Amdt. 192-103 262(i)/262(j) thru 262(i)/262(j) thru
262(ai)/262(aj) 262(au)/262(av)
192.901 TR04-32
192.903 Amdt. 192-103
192.907 Amdt. 192-103
192.911 Amdt. 192-103
2
Guide Section Reason For Change Pages to be Removed Replacement Pages
192.913 Amdt. 192-103
192.915 TR04-39
192.917 Amdt. 192-103
192.921 Amdt. 192-103
192.923 Amdt. 192-103
192.925 Amdt. 192-103
192.927 Amdt. 192-103
192.929 Amdt. 192-103
192.931 Amdt. 192-103
192.933 Amdt. 192-103
192.935 Amdt. 192-103
192.937 Amdt. 192-103
192.939 Amdt. 192-103
192.945 Amdt. 192-103
192.947 EU
Appendix B EU, Amdt. 192-103 265/266 and 265/266 and
266(a)/266(b) 266(a)/266(b)
GMA G-191-3 EU PHMSA instructions for PHSMA instructions for
Gas Distribution Annual Gas Distribution Annual
Report 2004 Report 2005
GMA G-191-5 EU PHMSA form (dated PHMSA form (dated
12/03) and instructions 12/05) and instructions
for Transmission and for Transmission and
Gathering Systems Gathering Systems
Annual Report 2004 Annual Report 2005
GMA G-192-1 EU, TR04-13, TR04-30, 315/316 thru 315/316 thru
TR04-39, TR05-04, 326(c)/326(d) 326(c)/326(d)
GMA G-192-1A EU 327/328 and 329/330 327/328 and 329/330
GMA G-192-15 TR05-04 397/398 and 399/400 397/398 and 399/400
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3
Blank Sheet
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Guide for
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Gas Transmission
and
Distribution Piping
Systems
GPTC Z380.1 - 2003

Addendum No. 6 - 2006
September 2006
an American National Standard
Author: Secretariat:
Gas Piping Technology Committee (GPTC) Z380 American Gas Association
Accredited by ANSI
Approved by ANSI/GPTC Z380.1-2003

American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Catalog Number: X603066
November 9, 2006

GPTC GUIDE FOR GAS TRANSMISSION AND
DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition
PLEASE NOTE
Addenda to this Guide will also be issued in loose-leaf format so that users will be able to keep the
Guide up-to-date by replacing the pages that have been revised with the new pages. It is advisable,
however, that pages which have been revised be retained so that the chronological development of
the Federal Regulations and the Guide is maintained.
CAUTION
As part of subscription service, GPTC (using AGA as Secretariat) will try to keep subscribers
informed on the current Federal Regulations as released by the Department of Transportation (DOT)
This is done by periodically issuing addenda to update both the Federal Regulations and the guide
material. However, the GPTC assumes no responsibility in the event the material that is
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
automatically mailed to subscribers never reaches its destination, or is delivered late. Otherwise, the
subscriber is reminded that the changes to the Regulations can be timely noted on the Federal
Register's web site.
No part of this document may be reproduced in any form, in an electronic retrieval system or otherwise,
without the prior written permission of the American Gas Association.
Participation by state and federal agency representative(s) or person(s) affiliated with industry is not to be
interpreted as government or industry endorsement of the guide material in this Guide.
Conversions of figures to electronic format courtesy of ViaData Incorporated.
Copyright 2003
THE AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION
400 N. Capitol St., NW
Washington, DC 20001
All Rights Reserved
Printed in U.S.A.
Addendum No. 1, September 2004 ii

CONTENTS
Page
PREFACE ...........................................................................................................................................xi
HISTORY.............................................................................................................................................xi
FOREWORD ..................................................................................................................................... xii
LETTER TO GAS PIPING TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE FROM

THE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION ......................................................xiii
AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION (AGA) NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER ................... xiv
EDITORIAL CONVENTIONS OF THE GUIDE .....................................................................xv
EDITORIAL NOTES FOR THE HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF

PARTS 191 AND 192 .................................................................................................................. xvii
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF PART 191 .......................................................... xvii
HISTORICAL RECORD OF AMENDMENTS TO PART 191 .........................................xix
HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF PART 192 ......................................................... xxiii
HISTORICAL RECORD OF AMENDMENTS TO PART 192 ....................................... xxxi
GAS PIPING TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP LIST .................................li
PART 191 -- ANNUAL REPORTS, INCIDENT REPORTS, AND SAFETY-RELATED

CONDITION REPORTS ........................................................................................................... 1
191.1 Scope ........................................................................................................................... 1
191.3 Definitions .................................................................................................................... 2
191.5 Telephonic notice of certain incidents......................................................................... 3
191.7 Addressee for written reports ..................................................................................4(a)
191.9 Distribution system: Incident report.........................................................................4(b)
191.11 Distribution system: Annual report .............................................................................. 5
191.13 Distribution systems reporting transmission pipelines; transmission or gathering
systems reporting distribution pipelines............................................................. 5
191.15 Transmission and gathering systems: Incident report................................................ 6
191.17 Transmission and gathering systems: Annual report ................................................. 6
191.19 Report forms ................................................................................................................ 7
191.21 OMB control number assigned to information collection............................................ 7
191.23 Reporting safety-related conditions ............................................................................ 8
191.25 Filing safety-related condition reports ......................................................................... 9
191.27 Filing offshore pipeline condition reports .................................................................. 10
Addendum No. 5, May 2006 iii

PART 192 -- MINIMUM FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS .......................................... 11

SUBPART A -- GENERAL.................................................................................................................. 11
192.1 What is the scope of this part?.................................................................................. 11
192.3 Definitions .................................................................................................................. 12
192.5 Class locations........................................................................................................... 20
192.7 What documents are incorporated by reference partly or wholly
in this part? ....................................................................................................... 21
192.8 How are onshore gathering lines and regulated onshore gathering
lines determined? ............................................................................................. 25
192.9 What requirements apply to gathering lines? ........................................................... 27
192.10 Outer continental shelf pipelines .......................................................................... 28
192.11 Petroleum gas systems .........................................................................................28(a)
192.12 (Removed) ............................................................................................................. 28(c)
192.13 What general requirements apply to pipelines regulated under this part? .......... 28(c)
192.14 Conversion to service subject to this part .............................................................28(d)
192.15 Rules of regulatory construction............................................................................28(e)
192.16 Customer notification..............................................................................................28(f)
192.17 (Removed) .............................................................................................................28(g)
SUBPART B -- MATERIALS .............................................................................................................. 29

192.51 Scope ......................................................................................................................... 29
192.53 General ...................................................................................................................... 29
192.55 Steel pipe ................................................................................................................... 30
192.57 (Removed and reserved) .......................................................................................... 31
192.59 Plastic pipe................................................................................................................. 31
192.63 Marking of materials .................................................................................................. 32
192.65 Transportation of pipe................................................................................................ 33
SUBPART C -- PIPE DESIGN ............................................................................................................ 35

192.101 Scope ......................................................................................................................... 35
192.103 General ...................................................................................................................... 35
192.105 Design formula for steel pipe..................................................................................... 36
192.107 Yield strength (S) for steel pipe................................................................................. 37
192.109 Nominal wall thickness (t) for steel pipe.................................................................... 38
192.111 Design factor (F) for steel pipe.................................................................................. 38
192.113 Longitudinal joint factor (E) for steel pipe.................................................................. 40
192.115 Temperature derating factor (T) for steel pipe.......................................................... 41
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
192.121 Design of plastic pipe ................................................................................................ 42
192.123 Design limitations for plastic pipe.............................................................................. 45
192.125 Design of copper pipe................................................................................................ 48
SUBPART D -- DESIGN OF PIPELINE COMPONENTS .................................................................. 49

192.141 Scope ......................................................................................................................... 49
192.143 General requirements................................................................................................ 49
192.144 Qualifying metallic components ................................................................................ 50
192.145 Valves ........................................................................................................................ 50
192.147 Flanges and flange accessories ............................................................................... 52
192.149 Standard fittings......................................................................................................... 55
192.150 Passage of internal inspection devices..................................................................... 55
192.151 Tapping ...................................................................................................................... 57
192.153 Components fabricated by welding........................................................................... 58
192.155 Welded branch connections...................................................................................... 59
Addendum No.6, September 2006

Provided by IHS under license with AGA
ivLicensee=BP International/5928366101
192.157 Extruded outlets......................................................................................................... 61

192.159 Flexibility .................................................................................................................... 63
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
192.161 Supports and anchors ............................................................................................... 66

192.163 Compressor stations: Design and construction........................................................ 67
192.165 Compressor stations: Liquid removal ....................................................................... 69
192.167 Compressor stations: Emergency shutdown............................................................ 69
192.169 Compressor stations: Pressure limiting devices....................................................... 70
192.171 Compressor stations: Additional safety equipment .................................................. 71
192.173 Compressor stations: Ventilation .............................................................................. 72
192.175 Pipe-type and bottle-type holders ............................................................................. 73
192.177 Additional provisions for bottle-type holders ............................................................. 74
192.179 Transmission line valves ........................................................................................... 74
192.181 Distribution line valves............................................................................................... 76
192.183 Vaults: Structural design requirements..................................................................... 77
192.185 Vaults: Accessibility ................................................................................................... 78
192.187 Vaults: Sealing, venting, and ventilation ................................................................... 78
192.189 Vaults: Drainage and waterproofing.......................................................................... 79
192.191 Design pressure of plastic fittings ............................................................................. 79
192.193 Valve installation in plastic pipe................................................................................. 80
192.195 Protection against accidental overpressuring........................................................... 81
192.197 Control of the pressure of gas delivered from high-pressure
distribution systems.......................................................................................... 83
192.199 Requirements for design of pressure relief and limiting devices ............................. 84
192.201 Required capacity of pressure relieving and limiting stations .................................. 86
192.203 Instrument, control, and sampling pipe and components ........................................ 87
SUBPART E -- WELDING OF STEEL IN PIPELINES ...................................................................... 89

192.221 Scope ......................................................................................................................... 89
192.223 (Removed) ................................................................................................................. 89
192.225 Welding – General..................................................................................................... 89
192.227 Qualification of welders ............................................................................................. 90
192.229 Limitations on welders ............................................................................................... 90
192.231 Protection from weather ............................................................................................ 91
192.233 Miter joints.................................................................................................................. 92
192.235 Preparation for welding.............................................................................................. 92
192.237 (Removed) ................................................................................................................. 93
192.239 (Removed) ................................................................................................................. 93
192.241 Inspection and test of welds ...................................................................................... 93
192.243 Nondestructive testing ............................................................................................... 94
192.245 Repair or removal of defects ..................................................................................... 95
SUBPART F -- JOINING OF MATERIALS OTHER THAN BY WELDING ...................................... 97

192.271 Scope ......................................................................................................................... 97
192.273 General ...................................................................................................................... 97
192.275 Cast iron pipe............................................................................................................. 98
192.277 Ductile iron pipe ......................................................................................................... 98
192.279 Copper pipe ............................................................................................................... 99
192.281 Plastic pipe................................................................................................................. 99
192.283 Plastic pipe: Qualifying joining procedures ............................................................. 103
192.285 Plastic pipe: Qualifying persons to make joints ...................................................... 106
192.287 Plastic pipe: Inspection of joints ............................................................................. 107
Addendum No. 1, September 2004 v

SUBPART G -- GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSMISSION

LINES AND MAINS ................................................................................................................... 109
192.301 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 109
192.303 Compliance with specifications or standards.......................................................... 109
192.305 Inspection: General ................................................................................................. 109
192.307 Inspection of materials ............................................................................................ 110
192.309 Repair of steel pipe.................................................................................................. 110
192.311 Repair of plastic pipe ............................................................................................... 111
192.313 Bends and elbows ................................................................................................... 112
192.315 Wrinkle bends in steel pipe ..................................................................................... 113
192.317 Protection from hazards .......................................................................................... 113
192.319 Installation of pipe in a ditch .................................................................................... 115
192.321 Installation of plastic pipe ........................................................................................ 117
192.323 Casing ...................................................................................................................... 121
192.325 Underground clearance........................................................................................... 122
192.327 Cover........................................................................................................................ 123
SUBPART H -- CUSTOMER METERS, SERVICE REGULATORS, AND SERVICE LINES ....... 125
192.351 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 125
192.353 Customer meters and regulators: Location ............................................................ 125
192.355 Customer meters and regulators: Protection from damage................................... 127
192.357 Customer meters and regulators: Installation......................................................... 129
192.359 Customer meter installations: Operating pressure ................................................. 130
192.361 Service lines: Installation ......................................................................................... 130
192.363 Service lines: Valve requirements........................................................................... 132
192.365 Service lines: Location of valves ............................................................................. 132
192.367 Service lines: General requirements for connections
to main piping ................................................................................................. 133
192.369 Service lines: Connections to cast iron or ductile iron mains................................. 134
192.371 Service lines: Steel ..............................................................................................134(a)
192.373 Service lines: Cast iron and ductile iron..............................................................134(b)
192.375 Service lines: Plastic............................................................................................134(b)
192.377 Service lines: Copper ............................................................................................. 135
192.379 New service lines not in use.................................................................................... 135
192.381 Service lines: Excess flow valve performance standards ...................................... 136
192.383 Excess flow valve customer notification ................................................................. 139
SUBPART I -- REQUIREMENTS FOR CORROSION CONTROL ................................................. 143

192.451 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 143
192.452 How does this subpart apply to converted pipelines and regulated
onshore gathering lines?................................................................................ 144
192.453 General ................................................................................................................144(a)
192.455 External corrosion control: Buried or submerged pipelines
installed after July 31, 1971 .......................................................................144(b)
192.457 External corrosion control: Buried or submerged pipelines
installed before August 1, 1971 ..................................................................... 145
192.459 External corrosion control: Examination of buried
pipeline when exposed................................................................................... 149
192.461 External corrosion control: Protective coating ........................................................ 150
192.463 External corrosion control: Cathodic protection...................................................... 151
192.465 External corrosion control: Monitoring .................................................................... 152
192.467 External corrosion control: Electrical isolation ....................................................154(a)
192.469 External corrosion control: Test stations................................................................. 156
192.471 External corrosion control: Test leads..................................................................... 156
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 vi

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

192.473 External corrosion control: Interference currents.................................................... 157

192.475 Internal corrosion control: General.......................................................................... 158
192.477 Internal corrosion control: Monitoring...................................................................... 160
192.479 Atmospheric corrosion control: General ................................................................. 161
192.481 Atmospheric corrosion control: Monitoring ............................................................. 162
192.483 Remedial measures: General ................................................................................. 163
192.485 Remedial measures: Transmission lines................................................................ 163
192.487 Remedial measures: Distribution lines other than cast
iron or ductile iron lines .................................................................................. 165
192.489 Remedial measures: Cast iron and ductile iron pipelines ...................................... 166
192.490 Direct Assessment................................................................................................... 166
192.491 Corrosion control records ....................................................................................166(a)
SUBPART J -- TEST REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 167

192.501 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 167
192.503 General requirements.............................................................................................. 167
192.505 Strength test requirements for steel pipeline to
operate at a hoop stress of 30 percent or more of SMYS ............................ 168
192.507 Test requirements for pipelines to operate at a hoop
stress less than 30 percent of SMYS and at or above 100 p.s.i.g................ 171
192.509 Test requirements for pipelines to operate below 100 p.s.i.g. ............................... 171
192.511 Test requirements for service lines ......................................................................... 172
192.513 Test requirements for plastic pipelines ................................................................... 172
192.515 Environmental protection and safety requirements ................................................ 173
192.517 Records.................................................................................................................... 176
SUBPART K -- UPRATING .............................................................................................................. 177

192.551 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 177
192.553 General requirements.............................................................................................. 177
192.555 Uprating to a pressure that will produce a hoop stress
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
of 30 percent or more of SMYS in steel pipelines ......................................... 179
192.557 Uprating: Steel pipelines to a pressure that will produce a hoop stress less
than 30 percent of SMYS: plastic, cast iron, and ductile iron pipelines........ 181
SUBPART L -- OPERATIONS.......................................................................................................... 185

192.601 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 185
192.603 General provisions................................................................................................... 185
192.605 Procedural manual for operations, maintenance, and emergencies ..................... 186
192.607 (Removed and reserved) ........................................................................................ 193
192.609 Change in class location: Required study............................................................... 194
192.611 Change in class location: Confirmation or revision of
maximum allowable operating pressure........................................................ 194
192.612 Underwater inspection and re-burial of pipelines
in the Gulf of Mexico and its inlets ................................................................. 195
192.613 Continuing surveillance ........................................................................................... 196
192.614 Damage prevention program ..............................................................................197(b)
192.615 Emergency plans..................................................................................................... 203
192.616 Public awareness .................................................................................................... 211
192.617 Investigation of failures............................................................................................ 212
192.619 What is the maximum allowable operating pressure for steel
or plastic pipelines?........................................................................................ 214
192.621 Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure
distribution systems........................................................................................ 215
192.623 Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure: Low-pressure
distribution systems........................................................................................ 216
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 vii
192.625 Odorization of gas.................................................................................................... 217

192.627 Tapping pipelines under pressure........................................................................... 219
192.629 Purging of pipelines ................................................................................................. 221
SUBPART M -- MAINTENANCE ...................................................................................................... 223

192.701 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 223
192.703 General .................................................................................................................... 223
192.705 Transmission lines: Patrolling ................................................................................. 226
192.706 Transmission lines: Leakage surveys..................................................................... 228
192.707 Line markers for mains and transmission lines ...................................................... 229
192.709 Transmission lines: Record keeping....................................................................... 230
192.711 Transmission lines: General requirements for repair procedures.......................... 230
192.713 Transmission lines: Permanent field repair of imperfections
and damages.................................................................................................. 231
192.715 Transmission lines: Permanent field repair of welds .............................................. 233
192.717 Transmission lines: Permanent field repair of leaks............................................... 233
192.719 Transmission lines: Testing of repairs .................................................................... 234
192.721 Distribution systems: Patrolling ............................................................................... 234
192.723 Distribution systems: Leakage surveys ................................................................. 236
192.725 Test requirements for reinstating service lines ....................................................... 238
192.727 Abandonment or deactivation of facilities ............................................................... 238
192.729 (Removed) ............................................................................................................... 241
192.731 Compressor stations: Inspection and testing of relief devices ............................... 241
192.733 (Removed) ............................................................................................................... 241
192.735 Compressor stations: Storage of combustible materials........................................ 242
192.736 Compressor stations: Gas detection....................................................................... 242
192.737 (Removed) ............................................................................................................... 243
192.739 Pressure limiting and regulating stations: Inspection and testing .......................... 243
192.741 Pressure limiting and regulating stations: Telemetering or
recording gauges............................................................................................ 245
192.743 Pressure limiting and regulating stations: Testing of
relief devices................................................................................................... 247
192.745 Valve maintenance: Transmission lines ................................................................. 248
192.747 Valve maintenance: Distribution systems ............................................................... 249
192.749 Vault maintenance................................................................................................... 250
192.751 Prevention of accidental ignition ............................................................................. 252
192.753 Caulked bell and spigot joints ................................................................................. 255
192.755 Protecting cast-iron pipelines .................................................................................. 256
192.761 (Removed) ............................................................................................................... 256
SUBPART N -- QUALIFICATION OF PIPELINE PERSONNEL..................................................... 259

192.801 Scope ....................................................................................................................... 259
192.803 Definitions ................................................................................................................ 260
192.805 Qualification program ..........................................................................................262(a)
192.807 Recordkeeping......................................................................................................262(f)
192.809 General ................................................................................................................262(g)
SUBPART O -- PIPELINE INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT ............................................................. 262(i)

192.901 What do the regulations in this subpart cover? ................................................... 262(i)
192.903 What definitions apply to this subpart? ................................................................ 262(ij
192.905 How does an operator identify a high consequence area?.................................262(l)
192.907 What must an operator do to implement this subpart? .....................................262(m)
192.909 How can an operator change its integrity management program?....................262(p)
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- viii

192.911 What are the elements of an integrity management program?..........................262(q)

192.913 When may an operator deviate its program from certain
requirements of this subpart? .....................................................................262(r)
192.915 What knowledge and training must personnel have to carry out an
integrity management program?................................................................262(s)
192.917 How does an operator identify potential threats to pipeline integrity
and use the threat identification in its integrity program?..........................262(u)
192.919 What must be in the baseline assessment plan? .............................................. 262(w)
192.921 How is the baseline assessment to be conducted? .......................................... 262(w)
192.923 How is direct assessment used and for what threats?.......................................262(y)
192.925 What are the requirements for using External Corrosion Direct
Assessment (ECDA)? ................................................................................262(z)
192.927 What are the requirements for using Internal Corrosion Direct
Assessment (ICDA)?................................................................................262(aa)
192.929 What are the requirements for using Direct Assessment for Stress
Corrosion Cracking (SCCDA)?................................................................262(ac)
192.931 How may Confirmatory Direct Assessment (CDA) be used? ..........................262(ad)
192.933 What actions must be taken to address integrity issues? ................................262(ae)
192.935 What additional preventive and mitigative measures must an
operator take? ...........................................................................................262(af)
192.937 What is a continual process of evaluation and assessment to
maintain a pipeline’s integrity?..................................................................262(al)
192.939 What are the required reassessment intervals?..............................................262(am)
192.941 What is a low stress reassessment? ................................................................262(ao)
192.943 When can an operator deviate from these reassessment intervals?...............262(ap)
192.945 What methods must an operator use to measure program
effectiveness?...........................................................................................262(aq)
192.947 What records must an operator keep? ............................................................. 262(ar)
192.949 How does an operator notify OPS? ...................................................................262(at)
192.951 Where does an operator file a report? ..............................................................262(au)
APPENDICES TO PART 192

Appendix A (Removed and reserved)................................................................................... 263
Appendix B Qualification of Pipe ........................................................................................... 265
Appendix C Qualification of Welders for Low Stress Level Pipe .......................................... 267
Appendix D Criteria for Cathodic Protection and Determination of Measurements ............ 271
Appendix E Guidance on Determining High Consequence Areas and on
Carrying out Requirements in the Integrity Management Rule ...............272(a)
GUIDE MATERIAL APPENDICES

Guide Material Appendix G-191-1 Telephonic notice worksheet...................................... 273
Guide Material Appendix G-191-2 Distribution system incident report ............................. 275
Guide Material Appendix G-191-3 Distribution system annual report............................... 283
Guide Material Appendix G-191-4 Transmission and gathering systems
incident report..................................................... 289
Guide Material Appendix G-191-5 Transmission and gathering systems
annual report ...................................................... 303
Guide Material Appendix G-191-6 Determination of reporting requirements
for safety-related conditions .............................. 309
Guide Material Appendix G-191-7 Safety-related condition report to United States
Department of Transportation............................ 311
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 ix

Guide Material Appendix G-192-1 Summary of references and related sources............. 313
Guide Material Appendix G-192-1A Editions of material specifications, codes and
standards previously incorporated by reference
in the Regulations ....................................................... 327
Guide Material Appendix G-192-2 Specified minimum yield strengths............................. 331
Guide Material Appendix G-192-3 Flexibility factor k and stress
intensification factor i ......................................... 333
Guide Material Appendix G-192-4 Rules for reinforcement of welded branch
connections ........................................................ 337
Guide Material Appendix G-192-5 Pipe end preparation................................................... 347
Guide Material Appendix G-192-6 Substructure damage prevention guidelines for
directional drilling and other trenchless
technologies ....................................................... 353
Guide Material Appendix G-192-7 [Reserved]................................................................... 355
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Guide Material Appendix G-192-9 Test conditions for pipelines other
than service lines ............................................... 357
Guide Material Appendix G-192-10 Test conditions for service lines ................................. 359
Guide Material Appendix G-192-11 Gas leakage control guidelines
for natural gas systems...................................... 361
Guide Material Appendix G-192-11A Gas leakage control guidelines
for petroleum gas systems................................. 373
Guide Material Appendix G-192-12 Planned shutdown ...................................................... 387
Guide Material Appendix G-192-13 Considerations to minimize damage by outside
forces .................................................................. 391
Guide Material Appendix G-192-15 Design of uncased pipeline crossings of
highways and railroads ...................................... 397
Guide Material Appendix G-192-15A Horizontal directional drilling for steel pipelines ......... 401
Guide Material Appendix G-192-16 Substructure damage prevention guidelines ............. 405
Guide Material Appendix G-192-17 Explicit requirements for reports, inspections,
tests, written procedures, records
and similar actions ............................................ 409
Guide Material Appendix G-192-18 Cast iron pipe .............................................................. 413
Guide Material Appendix G-192-19 Memorandum of understanding between the
Department of Transportation and the
Department of the Interior regarding
outer continental shelf pipelines...................... 417
Guide Material Appendix G-192-20 Fusion equipment maintenance/repair inspection
form..................................................................... 421
Guide Material Appendix G-192-21 Plastic pipe for bridge crossings................................. 423
Guide Material Appendix G-192-M SI (metric) units ........................................................... 425
INDEX............................................................................................................................................... 429
Addendum No. 3, September 2005 x

HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF PART 192

(Complete through Amendment 192-103)
Effective
Date of
Part 192 Part 192 Original Amendments (if any)
Subpart Section Version if
other than
11/12/70
SUBPART A – 192.1 192-27, 192-67, 192-78, 192-81

GENERAL 192-92, RIN 2137-AD77, 192-102
192.3 192-13, 192-27, 192-58, 192-67,
192-72 + Ext., 192-78, 192-81,
192-85, 192-89, RIN 2137-AD43
192-93, 192-94, 192-98,
RIN 2137-AD77
192.5 192-27, 192-56, 192-78, 192-85
192.7 192-37, 192-51, 192-68, 192-78
192-94, RIN 2137-AD77, 192-99
192-102, 192-103
192.8 04/14/06 192-102
192.9 192-72 + Ext., 192-95 Corr., 192-102
192.10 03/19/98 192-81, RIN 2137-AD77
192.11 11/13/72 192-68, 192-75, 192-78
[192.12] 192-10, 192-36 (removed)
192.13 192-27, 192-30, 192-102
192.14 12/30/77 192-30
192.15
192.16 09/13/95 192-74, 192-74A, 192-84
[192.17] 01/01/71 192-1, 192-27A Ext., 192-38
(removed)
SUBPART B – 192.51
MATERIALS 192.53
192.55 192-3, 192-12, 192-51, 192-68,
192-85
192.57 192-62 (removed and reserved)
192.59 192-19, 192-58
192.63 192-3, 192-31, 192-31A, 192-61,
192-61A, 192-62, 192-68, 192-76
192.65 192-12, 192-17, 192-68
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 xxiii

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


(Continued)
Effective
Date of
other than
11/12/70
SUBPART C - PIPE 192.101

DESIGN 192.103
192.105 192-47, 192-85
192.107 192-78, 192-84, 192-85
192.109 192-85
192.111 192-27
192.113 192-37, 192-51, 192-62, 192-68,
192-85, 192-94
192.115 192-85
192.117 192-37, 192-62 (removed and
reserved)
192.121 192-31, 192-78, 192-85, 192-94,
192-103
192.123 192-31, 192-78, 192-85, 192-93
192-94, 192-103
192.125 192-62, 192-85
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 xxiv


(Continued)
Effective
Date of
other than
11/12/70
SUBPART D – DESIGN 192.141

OF PIPELINE 192.143 192-48
COMPONENTS 192.144 08/04/83 192-45, 192-94
192.145 192-3, 192-22, 192-37, 192-62,
192-85, 192-94, 192-103
192.147 192-62, 192-68
192.149
192.150 05/12/94 192-72 + Ext., 192-85, 192-97
192.151 192-85
192.153 192-3, 192-68, 192-85
192.155
192.157
192.159
192.161 192-27, 192-58
192.163 192-27, 192-37, 192-68, 192-85
192.165
192.167 192-27, 192-85
192.169
192.171
192.173
192.175 192-85
192.177 192-58, 192-62, 192-68, 192-85
192.179 192-27, 192-78, 192-85
192.181
192.183 192-85
192.185
192.187 192-85
192.189 192-76
192.191 192-3, 192-58
192.193
192.195
192.197 192-85, 192-93
192.199 192-3
192.201 192-9, 192-85
192.203 192-78, 192-85
Addendum No. 6, September 2006

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
xxv

(Continued)
Effective
Date of
other than
11/12/70
SUBPART E – 192.221
WELDING OF STEEL [192.223] 192-52 (removed)
IN PIPELINES 192.225 192-18, 192-22, 192-37, 192-52,
192-94, 192-103
192.227 192-18, 192-18A, 192-22, 192-37,
192-43, 192-52, 192-75, 192-78,
192-94, 192-103
192.229 192-18, 192-18A, 192-37, 192-78,
192-85, 192-94, 192-103
192.231
192.233
192.235
[192.237] 192-37, 192-52 (removed)
[192.239] 192-37, 192-52 (removed)
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
192.241 192-18, 192-18A, 192-37, 192-78,
192-85, 192-94, 192-103
192.243 192-27, 192-50, 192-78
192.245 192-27, 192-46
SUBPART F – 192.271
JOINING OF 192.273
MATERIALS OTHER 192.275 192-62
THAN BY WELDING 192.277 192-62
192.279 192-62, 192-68
192.281 192-34, 192-58, 192-61, 192-68,
192-78
192.283 07/01/80 192-34 + Ext., 192-34A, 192-34B,
192-68, 192-78, 192-85, 192-94
192-103
192.285 07/01/80 192-34 + Ext., 192-34A, 192-34B
192-93, 192-94
192.287 07/01/80 192-34 + Ext., 192-94
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 xxvi


(Continued)
Effective
Date of
other than
11/12/70
SUBPART J - TEST 192.501

REQUIREMENTS 192.503 192-58, 192-60, 192-60A
192.505 192-85, 192-94
192.507 192-58, 192-85
192.509 192-58, 192-85
192.511 192-75, 192-85
192.513 192-77, 192-85
192.515
192.517 192-93
SUBPART K - 192.551
UPRATING 192.553 192-78, 192-93
192.555
192.557 192-37, 192-62, 192-85
SUBPART L - 192.601
OPERATIONS 192.603 192-27A Ext., 192-66, 192-71,
192-75
192.605 192-27A Ext., 192-59, 192-71,
192-71A, 192-93
192.607 192-5, 192-78 (removed and
reserved)
192.609
192.611 192-5, 192-53, 192-63, 192-78,
192-94
192.612 01/06/92 192-67, 192-85, 192-98
192.613
192.614 04/01/83 192-40, 192-57, 192-73, 192-78,
192-82, 192-84 + DFR Removal
192.615 192-24, 192-71
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
192.616 02/11/95 192-71, 192-99, 192-103
192.617
192.619 192-3, 192-27, 192-27A, 192-30,
192-78, 192-85, 192-102, 192-103
192.621 192-85
192.623 192-75
192.625 192-2, 192-6, 192-7, 192-14,
192-15, 192-16, 192-21, 192-58
192-76, 192-78, 192-93
192.627
192.629
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 xxix


(Continued)
Effective
Date of
other than
11/12/70
SUBPART M - 192.701
MAINTENANCE 192.703
102.705 192-21, 192-43, 192-78
192.706 06/04/75 192-21, 192-43, 192-71
192.707 192-20, 192-20A, 192-27, 192-40,
192-44, 192-73, 192-85
192.709 192-78
192.711 192-27B, 192-88
192.713 192-27, 192-88
192.715 192-85
192.717 192-11, 192-27, 192-85, 192-88
192.719 192-54
192.721 192-43, 192-78
192.723 192-43, 192-70, 192-71, 192-94
192.725
192.727 192-8, 192-27, 192-71, 192-89,
RIN 2137-AD77
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
[192.729] 192-71 (removed)

192.731 192-43
[192.733] 192-71 (removed)
192.735
192.736 10/18/93 192-69, 192-85
[192.737] 192-71 (removed)
192.739 192-43, 192-93, 192-96
192.741
192.743 192-43, 192-55, 192-93, 192-96
192.745 192-43, 192-93
192.747 192-43, 192-93
192.749 192-43, 192-85
192.751
192.753 192-25, 192-85, 192-93
192.755 06/01/76 192-23
Header 192-103 (removed)
[192.761] 192-91, 192-95 (removed)
SUBPART N - 192.801 10/26/99 192-86

QUALIFICATION OF 192.803 10/26/99 192-86, 192-90
PIPELINE 192.805 10/26/99 192-86, 192-100
PERSONNEL 192.807 10/26/99 192-86
192.809 10/26/99 192-86, 192-90, 192-100
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 xxx


(Continued)
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Effective
Date of
other than
11/12/70
SUBPART O – Header 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103

PIPELINE INTEGRITY 192.901 2/14/04 192-95
MANAGEMENT 192.903 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.905 2/14/04 192-95
192.907 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.909 2/14/04 192-95
192.911 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.913 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.915 2/14/04 192-95
192.917 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.919 2/14/04 192-95
192.921 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.923 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.925 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.927 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.929 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.931 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.933 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.935 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.937 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.939 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.941 2/14/04 192-95
192.943 2/14/04 192-95
192.945 2/14/04 192-95, 192-103
192.947 2/14/04 192-95
192.949 2/14/04 192-95, RIN 2137-AD77
192.951 2/14/04 192-95, RIN 2137-AD77
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 xxx(a)


(Continued)
Effective
Date of
other than
11/12/70
FEDERAL [App. A] 192-3, 192-10, 192-12, 192-17,

APPENDICES 192-18, 192-19, 192-22, 192-32,
192-34 + Ext., 192-37, 192-41,
192-42, 192-51, 192-61, 192-62,
192-64, 192-65, 192-68, 192-76,
192-78, 192-84, 192-95, 192-94
(removed and reserved)
App. B 192-3, 192-12, 192-19, 192-22,

192-32, 192-37, 192-41, 192-51,
192-61, 192-62, 192-65, 192-68,
192-76, 192-85, 192-94, 192-103
App. C 192-85, 192-94
App. D 08/01/71 192-4

App E 12/15/03 192-95
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 xxx(b) --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

No reproduction or networking permitted without license from IHS

HISTORICAL RECORD OF AMENDMENTS TO PART 192

(Continued)
Amdt Subject Vol FR Pg# Published Docket Effective Affected Sections

192- Date No. Date 192.
102 Gas Gathering Line 71 FR 13289 03/15/06 RIN 2137- 04/14/06 1, 7, 8, 9, 13, 452,
Definition AB15 619
103 Update of Regulatory 71 FR 33402 06/09/06 RIN 2138- 07/10/06 7, 121, 123, 145,
References to AD68 225, 227, 229, 241,
Technical Standards 283, 616, 619,
Header before 761,
Subpart O Header,
903, 907, 911, 913,
917, 921, 923, 925,
927, 929, 931, 933,
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
935, 937, 939, 945,

Not for Resale, 06/10/2007 17:12:53 MDT
Licensee=BP International/5928366101
App. B
* Issued as a Direct Final Rule (DFR).
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 xlix

Reserved
Addendum No. 5, May 2006 l

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


GAS PIPING TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP LIST

DIVISIONS TASK GROUPS SECTIONS
Abbreviations:
Manufacturers
IMP/Corrosion
Transmission
Chairperson: Chair
Regulations
Distribution
Plastic Pipe
Main Body
Executive
st
O&M/OQ
First Vice Chairperson: 1 V Chair
Editorial
Liaison
Design
DP/ER
nd
Second Vice Chairperson: 2 V Chair
Secretary: Sec
Damage Prevention - Emergency Response: DP/ER
Operation and Maintenance: O&M
Abraham, Richard A. X X X X
New England Gas Co., Providence, RI
Affonso, Joaquin J. X X X X
Consumers Energy Co., Jackson, MI
Alexander, Thomas D. X X X
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Willbros Engr., Inc., Tulsa, OK

Armstrong, Glen F., Jr. X Chair X X X X X

EN Engineering, Woodridge, IL
Barkei, David E. X X X
We Engeries, Milwaukee, WI
Batten, Charles H. X X X X
Batten & Associates., Inc., Locust Grove, VA
Beaver, Brett X X X
Advantica, Carlise, PA
Becken, Robert C. X X X X X
Energy Experts Int. Pleasant Hill, CA
Bennett, Frank M. X X X
PPL Gas Utilities Corp., Lancaster, PA
Bezner, William A. X X
CSR PolyPipe, Inc., Gainesville, TX
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 li



(Continued)

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Abbreviations:
Manufacturers
IMP/Corrosion
Transmission
Chairperson: Chair
Regulations
Distribution
Plastic Pipe
Main Body
Executive
st
O&M/OQ
Editorial
Liaison
Design
DP/ER
nd
Secretary: Sec
Blaney, Steven D. X X X X X
NY State Dept. of Public Service, Albany, NY
Blanton, Glynn X X X
TN Regulatory Authority, Nashville, TN
Booth, Lloyd E. X X X
Southern Cross Corp., Coppell, TX

Boros, Stephen X X
Plastics Pipe Institute, Washington, DC
Borski, Lawrence W. X X
Williams Gas Pipeline-Transco, Houston, TX
Bull, David E. X X SEC X
ViaData LP, Tobyhanna, PA
Cabot, Paul W. SEC SEC
American Gas Association, Washington, DC
Cadorin, Robert J. X X X
Great Lakes Gas Trmn. Co., Troy, MI
Carey, Willard S. X X X Chair X
Public Service Elec. & Gas Co., Newark, NJ
Chin, John S. X X X X Chair X X
El Paso Corp., Farmington Hills, MI
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 lii

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(Continued)

Abbreviations:
Manufacturers
IMP/Corrosion
Transmission
Chairperson: Chair
Regulations
Distribution
Plastic Pipe
Main Body
Executive
st
O&M/OQ
Editorial
Liaison
Design
DP/ER
nd
Secretary: Sec
Clarke, Allan M. Sec X X X

Duke Energy Corp., Houston, TX
Cody, Leo T. X X X
KeySpan Corp., Waltham, MA
Craig, Jim M. X X X
McElroy Mfg., Inc., Tulsa, OK

De Leon, Cesar X X X
PanAm P/L Technology, Inc., San Antonio, TX
Del Buono, Amerigo J. X X
Steel Forgings, Inc., League City, TX
DeVore, James C. X X X X X
Consultant, Green Valley, AZ
Dockweiler, Kenneth D. X X X X
Kinder Morgan, Inc., Casper, WY
Erickson, John P. X X
American Public Gas Association, Washington, DC
Fleet, F. Roy X X X X
F. Roy Fleet, Inc., Westmont, IL
Frantz, John H. X X Chair
PECO Energy, Philadelphia, PA
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 liii



(Continued)

Abbreviations:
Manufacturers
IMP/Corrosion
Transmission
Chairperson: Chair
Regulations
Distribution
Plastic Pipe
Main Body
Executive
st
O&M/OQ
Editorial
Liaison
Design
DP/ER
nd
Secretary: Sec
Frederick, Victor M., III X X X

Utility Line Services, Conshohocken, PA
Fuller, William R. X X X X X
Xcel Energy, Inc., Denver, CO
Groeber, Steve A. X X X X X
Philadelphia Gas Works, Philadelphia, PA

Gunther, Karl M. X X X
NTSB, Washington, DC
Hansen, Jim X X
Perfection Corp., Madison, OH
Hart, Thomas L. X X X
NSTAR Electric & Gas Corp., Westwood, MA
Hazelden, Glyn X X X
Gas Technology Institute, Des Plaines, IL
Heintz, James R. X X X X X X X
UGI Utilities, Inc., Reading, PA
Henningsgaard, David R. X X X X
CenterPoint Energy-Minnegasco, Minneapolis, MN
Henry, Jill A. X X X X
Ohio PUC, Columbus, OH
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 liv
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(Continued)

Abbreviations:
Manufacturers
IMP/Corrosion
Transmission
Chairperson: Chair
Regulations
Distribution
Plastic Pipe
Main Body
Executive
st
O&M/OQ
Editorial
Liaison
Design
DP/ER
nd
Secretary: Sec
Hotinger, James M. X X X
VA State Corp. Comm., Richmond, VA
Humes, Dennis W. X X X
Mueller Co.- Gas Products Div., Decatur, IL
Hurbanek, Stephen F. X X
Pennsylvania PUC, Darlington, PA

Huriaux, Richard D. X X X
PHMSA, Washington, DC
Kirkland, David L. X X X
Columbia Gas Trmn. Corp., Charleston, WV
Kottwitz, John D. X X Chair X X X
MO Public Service Comm., Jefferson City, MO
Krummert, Lawrence X X
Columbia Gas of PA
Lathrap, Philip A. X X X X X
Retired-Pacific Gas & Elec. Co., Lafayette, CA
Lee, Stewart X X X
Pacific Gas and Electric Co.
Lewis, Raymond D. X X X
Rosen USA, Houston, TX
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 lv

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


(Continued)

Abbreviations:
Manufacturers
IMP/Corrosion
Transmission
Chairperson: Chair
Regulations
Distribution
Plastic Pipe
Main Body
Executive
st
O&M/OQ
Editorial
Liaison
Design
DP/ER
nd
Secretary: Sec
Lively, Karen S. X X X
Performance Pipe, Plano, TX
Loker, Jon O. X X Chair X
Pipeline Safety Consultant, Saint Albans, WV
Lomax, George S. X X X X
Heath Consultants, Inc., Montoursville, PA

Lueders, John D. X X X
DTE Energy - MichCon, Grand Rapids, MI
Mackay-Smith, Seth X X X X
UMAC, Inc., Exton, PA
Marek, Marti Chair X
Southwest Gas Corp., Las Vegas, NV
Mason, James F. X X
Arkema, Inc., King of Prussia, PA
McKenzie, James E. X X
Atmos Energy Corp., Jackson, MS
McMaine Jeffrey B. X X X
Texas Gas Trmn., LLC, Owensboro, KY
Miller, D. Lane X X X X Sec
Transportation Safety Inst., Oklahoma City, OK
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 lvi

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---


(Continued)

Abbreviations:
Manufacturers
IMP/Corrosion
Transmission
Chairperson: Chair
Regulations
Distribution
Plastic Pipe
Main Body
Executive
st
O&M/OQ
Editorial
Liaison
Design
DP/ER
nd
Secretary: Sec
Naper, Robert C. X X
KeySpan Corp., Waltham, MA
Oleksa, Paul E. X X X X X
Oleksa & Assoc., Akron, OH
Palermo, Eugene F. X X X X
Palermo Plastics Pipe Consulting, Oak Hill, VA

Peters, Kenneth C. X Chair X X X
El Paso Corp. Pipeline Group, Birmingham, AL
Pioli, Christopher A. X X X X
Jacobs Consultancy, Pasadena, CA
Quezada, Leticia X X X X Chair X
Nicor Gas, Naperville, IL
Reynolds, Donald Lee X Chair X X
NiSource Inc., Columbus, OH
Roberson, Edwin H. X X
Natural Gas Odorizing, Katy, TX
Robertson, Joseph P. X X X
Williams Gas Pipeline-NW, Salt Lake City, UT
Schmidt, Robert A. X Chair X X
Trinity Industry, Russellville, AR
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 lvii



(Continued)

Abbreviations:
Manufacturers
IMP/Corrosion
Transmission
Chairperson: Chair
Regulations
Distribution
Plastic Pipe
Main Body
Executive
st
O&M/OQ
Editorial
Liaison
Design
DP/ER
nd
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Secretary: Sec
Scott, Edward W. X X X
AmerenIP, Pawnee, IL
Seamands, Patrick A. X X X X
Laclede Gas Co., Saint Louis, MO
Sher, Philip 2nd V X
CT Dept. Public Utility Control, New Britain, CT Chair

Siedlecki, Walter X X
AEGIS Insurance Services, Inc., Jersey City, NJ
Slagle, Richard X SEC X Chair
Vectren Energy Delivery of OH, Evansville, IN
Sprenger, Roger W. X X X
San Diego Gas & Elec. Co., San Diego, CA
Stewart, Lee X X X
Pacific Gas and Electric Co.
Strohm, Billy J. X X
George Fischer Sloane, Little Rock, AR
Themig, Jerome S. X X X
Ameren Services Co., Pawnee, IL
Torbin, Robert X X
Cutting Edge Solutions, LLC, Framingham, MA
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 lviii



--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(Continued)

Abbreviations:
Manufacturers
IMP/Corrosion
Transmission
Chairperson: Chair
Regulations
Distribution
Plastic Pipe
Main Body
Executive
st
O&M/OQ
Editorial
Liaison
Design
DP/ER
nd
Secretary: Sec
Troch, Steven J. X X
Baltimore Gas & Electric Co., Baltimore, MD
Ulanday, Alfredo S. X X X
Peoples Energy Corp., Chicago, IL
Veerapaneni, Ram X X X X
DTE Energy - MichCon, Detroit, MI

Volgstadt, Frank R. X SEC SEC
Volgstadt & Associates, Inc., Madison, OH
Weber, David E. X X X X
Keyspan Corp., Waltham, MA
Wilkes, Al X X X
Performance Pipe, Plano, TX
Wolf, Brian D. X X X
Iroquois Pipeline Operating Co., Shelton, CT
Wolf, Russell A. X X
Willbros Engr., Inc., Tulsa, OK
Zapalac, Daniel P. X X
R.W. Lyall & Co., Inc., Corona, CA
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 lix

Reserved
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 lx

GPTC GUIDE FOR GAS TRANSMISSION AND §192.3
DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART A
Tensile strength is the highest unit tensile stress (referred to the original cross section) that a material can
sustain before failure (psi)
Thermoplastic is a plastic, which is capable of being repeatedly softened by increase of temperature, and
hardened by decreases of temperature.
Thermosetting plastic is a plastic that is capable of being changed into a substantially infusible or insoluble
product when cured under the application of heat or by chemical means.
Thickness. See Nominal wall thickness.
Valve. See Curb valve and Service line valve.
Vault is an underground structure which may be entered, and which is designed to contain piping and piping
components (such as valves or pressure regulators).
Yield strength is the strength at which a material exhibits a specified limiting permanent set, or produces a
specified total elongation under load. The specified limiting set or elongation is usually expressed as a
percentage of gage length, and its values are specified in the various material specifications acceptable
under this Guide.
GLOSSARY OF COMMONLY USED ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviation Meaning
ABS acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene
ASV automatic shut-off valve
BAP baseline assessment plan
CAB cellulose acetate butyrate
CDA confirmatory direct assessment
CGI combustible gas indicator
DA direct assessment
ECDA external corrosion direct assessment
EFV excess flow valve
EFVB excess flow valve – bypass (automatic reset)
EFVNB excess flow valve – non-bypass (manual reset)
ERW electric resistance welded
ESD emergency shutdown
FAQ frequently asked question
HCA high consequence area
HDB hydrostatic design basis
HFI hydrogen flame ionization
IC internal corrosion
ICDA internal corrosion direct assessment
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ILI In-line inspection

IMP integrity management program
IR drop voltage drop
LEL lower explosive limit
LNG liquefied natural gas
LPG liquid petroleum gas
LTHS long-term hydrostatic strength
MAOP maximum allowable operating pressure
MRS minimum required strength
NPS nominal pipe size
O&M operations and maintenance
OCS outer continental shelf
OQ operator qualification
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 19

GLOSSARY OF COMMOMLY USED APPBREVIATIONS (Continued)
Abbreviation Meaning
PA Polyamide
P&M measures preventive and mitigative measures
PDB pressure design basis
PE polyethylene
PVC poly (vinyl chloride), also written as polyvinyl chloride
RCV remote control valve
SCADA supervisory control and data acquisition
SCC stress corrosion cracking
SCCDA stress corrosion cracking direct assessment
SDB strength design basis
SDR standard dimension ratio
SMYS specified minimum yield strength
§192.5
Class locations.
[Effective Date: 7-13-98]
(a) This section classifies pipeline locations for purposes of this part. The following criteria
apply to classifications under this section.
(1) A "class location unit" is an onshore area that extends 220 yards (200 meters) on either
side of the centerline of any continuous 1- mile (1.6 kilometers) length of pipeline.
(2) Each separate dwelling unit in a multiple dwelling unit building is counted as a separate
building intended for human occupancy.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, pipeline locations are classified as
follows:
(1) A Class 1 location is:
(i) An offshore area; or
(ii) Any class location unit that has 10 or fewer buildings intended for human
occupancy.
(2) A Class 2 location is any class location unit that has more than 10 but fewer than 46
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
buildings intended for human occupancy.
(i) Any class location unit that has 46 or more buildings intended for human
occupancy; or
(ii) An area where the pipeline lies within 100 yards (91 meters) of either a building or
a small, well-defined outside area (such as a playground, recreation area, outdoor theater, or other
place of public assembly) that is occupied by 20 or more persons on at least 5 days a week for 10
weeks in any 12-month period. (The days and weeks need not be consecutive.)
(4) A Class 4 location is any class location unit where buildings with four or more stories
above ground are prevalent.
(c) The length of Class locations 2, 3, and 4 may be adjusted as follows:
(1) A Class 4 location ends 220 yards (200 meters) from the nearest building with four or
more stories above ground.
(2) When a cluster of buildings intended for human occupancy requires a Class 2 or 3
location, the class location ends 220 yards (200 meters) from the nearest building in the cluster.
Addendum No. 5, May 2006 20

[Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt. 192-56, 52 FR 32924, Sept. 1, 1987; Amdt. 192-78,
61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996 with Amdt. 192-78 Correction, 61 FR 30824, June 18, 1996 and Amdt. 192-
78 Correction, 61 FR 35139, July 5, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
GUIDE MATERIAL
No guide material available at present.
§192.7
What documents are incorporated by reference partly or wholly in this part?
\ [Effective Date: 7-10-06]
(a) Any documents or portions thereof incorporated by reference in this part are included in
this part as though set out in full. When only a portion of a document is referenced, the remainder is
not incorporated in this part.
(b) All incorporated materials are available for inspection in the Pipeline and Hazardous
Materials Safety Administration, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC, or at the National
Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at
NARA, call 202–741–6030 or go to:
http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html. These
materials have been approved for incorporation by reference by the Director of the Federal Register
in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. In addition, the incorporated materials are
available from the respective organizations listed in paragraph (c) (1) of this section.
(c) The full titles of documents incorporated by reference, in whole or in part, are provided
herein. The numbers in parentheses indicate applicable editions. For each incorporated document,
citations of all affected sections are provided. Earlier editions of currently listed documents or
editions of documents listed in previous editions of 49 CFR part 192 may be used for materials and
components designed, manufactured, or installed in accordance with these earlier documents at the
time they were listed. The user must refer to the appropriate previous edition of 49 CFR part 192 for
a listing of the earlier listed editions or documents.
(1) Incorporated by reference (IBR). List of Organizations and Addresses:
A. Pipeline Research Council International, Inc. (PRCI), c/o Technical Toolboxes, 3801
Kirby Drive, Suite 520, Houston, TX 77098.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
B. American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L Street, NW, Washington, DC 20005.

C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West
Conshohocken, PA 19428.
D. ASME International (ASME), Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016–5990.
E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc.
(MSS), 127 Park Street, NE, Vienna, VA 22180.
F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101,
Quincy, MA 02269–9101.
G. Plastics Pipe Institute, Inc. (PPI), 1825 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 680,
Washington, DC 20009.
H. NACE International (NACE), 1440 South Creek Drive, Houston, TX 77084.
I. Gas Technology Institute (GTI), 1700 South Mount Prospect Road, Des Plaines, IL
60018.

(2) Documents incorporated by reference (Numbers in Parentheses Indicate Applicable Editions).
Source and name of referenced material 49 CFR reference

A. Pipeline Research Council International, Inc. (PRCI):
(1) AGA Pipeline Research Committee, Project PR–3–805, ‘‘A §§192.933(a); 192.485(c).
Modified Criterion for Evaluating the Remaining Strength of
Corroded Pipe,’’ (December 22, 1989). The RSTRENG program
may be used for calculating remaining strength.
B. American Petroleum Institute (API):
(1) API Specification 5L ‘‘Specification for Line Pipe,’’ (43rd §§192.55(e); 192.113; Item I of
edition and errata, 2004). Appendix B.
(2) API Recommended Practice 5L1 ‘‘Recommended Practice §192.65(a).
for Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe,’’ (6th edition, 2002).
(3) API Specification 6D ‘‘Pipeline Valves,’’ (22nd edition, §192.145(a).
January 2002).
(4) API 1104 ‘‘Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities,’’ §§192.227(a); 192.229(c)(1);
(19th edition, 1999, including Errata October 31, 2001). 192.241(c); Item II, Appendix B.
(5) API Recommended Practice 1162 ‘‘Public Awareness §§192.616(a); 192.616(b);
Programs for Pipeline Operators,’’ (1st Edition December 192.616(c).
2003).
C. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
(1) ASTM A 53/A53M–04a (2004) ‘‘Standard Specification for §§192.113; Item I, Appendix B.
Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and
Seamless.’’
(2) ASTM A106/A106M-04b (2004) ‘‘Standard Specification for §§192.113; Item I, Appendix B.
Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature Service.’’
(3) ASTM A333/A333M-05 (2005) ‘‘Standard Specification for §§192.113; Item I, Appendix B.
Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature
Service.’’
(4) ASTM A372/A372M-03 (2003) ‘‘Standard Specification for § 192.177(b)(1).
Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Thin-Walled Pressure
Vessels.’’
(5) ASTM A381–96 (Reapproved 2001) ‘‘Standard §§192.113; Item I, Appendix B.
Specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use With
High-Pressure Transmission Systems.’’
(6) ASTM A671-04 (2004) ‘‘Standard Specification for Electric- §§192.113; Item I, Appendix B.
Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and Lower
Temperatures.’’
(7) ASTM A672-96 (Reapproved 2001) ‘‘Standard §§192.113; Item I, Appendix B.
Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-
Pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures.’’
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Source and name of referenced material 49 CFR (Continued) 49 CFR reference (Continued)
(8) ASTM A691-98 (Reapproved 2002) ‘‘Standard §§192.113; Item I, Appendix B.
Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-
Welded for High-Pressure Service at High Temperatures.’’
(9) ASTM D638-03 ‘‘Standard Test Method for Tensile §§192.283(a)(3); 192.283(b)(1).
Properties of Plastics.’’
(10) ASTM D2513-87 ‘‘Standard Specification for §192.63(a)(1).
Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings.”
(11) ASTM D2513-99 ‘‘Standard Specification for §§192.191(b); 192.281(b)(2);
Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings.” 192.283(a)(1)(i); Item I, Appendix
B.
(12) ASTM D2517-00 ‘‘Standard Specification for Reinforced §§192.191(a); 192.281(d)(1);
Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings.’’ 192.283(a)(1)(ii); Item I, Appendix
B.
(13) ASTM F1055-1998 ‘‘Standard Specification for §192.283(a)(1)(iii).
Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter
Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing.’’
D. ASME International (ASME):
(1) ASME B16.1-1998 ‘‘Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged §192.147(c).
Fittings.’’
(2) ASME B16.5-2003 (October 2004) ‘‘Pipe Flanges and §§192.147(a); 192.279.
Flanged Fittings.’’
(3) ASME B31G-1991 (Reaffirmed; 2004) ‘‘Manual for §§192.485(c); 192.933(a).
Determining the Remaining Strength of Corroded Pipelines.’’
(4) ASME B31.8-2003 (February 2004) ‘‘Gas Transmission and §192.619(a)(1)(i).
Distribution Piping Systems.’’
(5) ASME B31.8S-2004 ‘‘Supplement to B31.8 on Managing §§192.903(c); 192.907(b); 192.911,
System Integrity of Gas Pipelines.’’ Introductory text; 192.911(i);
192.911(k); 192.911(l); 192.911(m);
192.913(a) Introductory text;
192.913(b)(1); 192.917(a)
Introductory text; 192.917(b);
192.917(c); 192.917(e)(1);
192.917(e)(4); 192.921(a)(1);
192.923(b)(2); 192.923(b)(3);
192.925(b) Introductory text;
192.925(b)(1); 192.925(b)(2);
192.925(b)(3); 192.925(b)(4);
192.927(b); 192.927(c)(1)(i);
192.929(b)(1); 192.929(b)(2);
192.933(a); 192.933(d)(1);
192.933(d)(1)(i); 192.935(a);
192.935(b)(1)(iv); 192.937(c)(1);
192.939(a)(1)(i); 192.939(a)(1)(ii);
192.939(a)(3); 192.945(a).
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Source and name of referenced material (Continued) 49 CFR reference (Continued)

(6) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, “Rules §192.153(a).
for Construction of Power Boilers,” (2004 edition, including
addenda through July 1, 2005).
(7) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, §§192.153(a); 192.153(b);
Division 1, ‘‘Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels,’’ 192.153(d); 192.165(b)(3).
(2004 edition, including addenda through July 1, 2005).
(8) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, §§192.153(b); 192.165(b)(3).
Division 2, ‘‘Rules for Construction of Pressure Vessels -
Alternative Rules,’’ (2004 edition, including addenda through
July 1, 2005).
(9) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, §§192.227(a); Item II, Appendix B.
‘‘Welding and Brazing Qualifications,’’ (2004 edition, including
addenda through July 1, 2005).
E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS):

(1) MSS SP44–1996 (Reaffirmed; 2001) ‘‘Steel Pipe Line §192.147(a).
Flanges.’’
(2) [Reserved].
F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
(1) NFPA 30 (2003) ‘‘Flammable and Combustible Liquids §192.735(b).
Code.’’
(2) NFPA 58 (2004) ‘‘Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (LP–Gas §§192.11(a); 192.11(b); 192.11(c).
Code).’’
(3) NFPA 59 (2004) ‘‘Utility LP-Gas Plant Code.” §§192.11(a); 192.11(b); 192.11(c).
(4) NFPA 70 (2005) ‘‘National Electrical Code.’’ §§192.163(e); 192.189(c).
G. Plastics Pipe Institute, Inc. (PPI):
(1) PPI TR–3/2004 (2004) ‘‘Policies and Procedures for §192.121.
Developing Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB), Pressure Design
Basis (PDB), Strength Design Basis (SDB), and Minimum
Required Strength (MRS) Ratings for Thermoplastic Piping
Materials or Pipe.”
H. NACE International (NACE):
(1) NACE Standard RP0502–2002 ‘‘Pipeline External §§192.923(b)(1); 192.925(b)
Corrosion Direct Assessment Methodology.’’ Introductory text; 192.925(b)(1);
192.925(b)(1)(ii); 192.925(b)(2)
Introductory text; 192.925(b)(3)
Introductory text; 192.925(b)(3)(ii);
192.925(b)(iv); 192.925(b)(4)
Introductory text; 192.925(b)(4)(ii);
192.931(d); 192.935(b)(1)(iv);
192.939(a)(2).
I. Gas Technology Institute (GTI):
(1) GRI 02/0057 (2002) ‘‘Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment §192.927(c)(2).
of Gas Transmission Pipelines—Methodology.’’

[Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23, 1986; Amdt. 192-68, 58
FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996 with Amdt. 192-78 Correction, 61
FR 30824, June 18, 1996; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004 with Amdt. 192-94 Correction, 69
FR 54591, Sept. 9, 2004; RIN 2137-AD77, 70 FR 11135, Mar. 8, 2005; Amdt. 192-99, 70 FR 28833, May
19, 2005 with Amdt. 192-99 Correction, 70 FR 35041, June 16, 2005; Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13289, Mar.
15, 2006; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
This guide material is under review following Amendment 192-103.
Additional standards and specifications recommended for use under this Guide, and the names and
addresses of the sponsoring organizations, are shown in Guide Material Appendix G-192-1. See Guide
Material Appendix G-192-1A for documents previously incorporated by reference in the Regulations.
§192.8
How are onshore gathering lines and regulated onshore gathering
lines determined?
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(a) An operator must use API RP 80 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7), to determine if
an onshore pipeline (or part of a connected series of pipelines) is an onshore gathering line. The
determination is subject to the limitations listed below. After making this determination, an
operator must determine if the onshore gathering line is a regulated onshore gathering line under
paragraph (b) of this section.
(1) The beginning of gathering, under section 2.2(a)(1) of API RP 80, may not extend
beyond the furthermost downstream point in a production operation as defined in section 2.3 of
API RP 80. This furthermost downstream point does not include equipment that can be used in
either production or transportation, such as separators or dehydrators, unless that equipment is
involved in the processes of ‘‘production and preparation for transportation or delivery of
hydrocarbon gas’’ within the meaning of ‘‘production operation.’’
(2) The endpoint of gathering, under section 2.2(a)(1)(A) of API RP 80, may not extend
beyond the first downstream natural gas processing plant, unless the operator can demonstrate,
using sound engineering principles, that gathering extends to a further downstream plant.
(3) If the endpoint of gathering, under section 2.2(a)(1)(C) of API RP 80, is determined by
the commingling of gas from separate production fields, the fields may not be more than 50 miles
from each other, unless the Administrator finds a longer separation distance is justified in a
particular case (see 49 CFR §190.9).
(4) The endpoint of gathering, under section 2.2(a)(1)(D) of API RP 80, may not extend
beyond the furthermost downstream compressor used to increase gathering line pressure for
delivery to another pipeline.
(b) For purposes of §192.9, ‘‘regulated onshore gathering line’’ means:
(1) Each onshore gathering line (or segment of onshore gathering line) with a feature
described in the second column that lies in an area described in the third column; and
(2) As applicable, additional lengths of line described in the fourth column to provide a
safety buffer:

Type Feature Area Safety Buffer

A — Metallic and the MAOP Class 2, 3, or 4 location None.
produces a hoop stress of (see §192.5).
20 percent or more of
SMYS. If the stress level is
unknown, an operator
must determine the stress
level according to the
applicable provisions in
subpart C of this part.
— Non-metallic and the
MAOP is more than 125
psig (862 kPa).
B — Metallic and the MAOP Area 1. Class 3 or 4 If the gathering line is in
produces a hoop stress of location. Area 2(b) or 2(c), the
less than 20 percent of Area 2. An area within a additional lengths of line
SMYS. If the stress level is Class 2 location the extend upstream and
unknown, an operator operator determines by downstream from the area
must determine the stress using any of the following to a point where the line is
level according to the three methods: at least 150 feet (45.7 m)
applicable provisions in from the nearest dwelling
subpart C of this part. (a) A Class 2 location. in the area. However, if a
— Non-metallic and the (b) An area extending 150 cluster of dwellings in area
MAOP is 125 psig (862 feet (45.7 m) on each side 2(b) or 2(c) qualifies a line
kPa) or less. of the centerline of any as Type B, the Type B
continuous 1 mile (1.6 km) classification ends 150 feet
of pipeline and including (45.7 m) from the nearest
more than 10 but fewer dwelling in the cluster.
than 46 dwellings.
(c) An area extending 150
feet (45.7 m) on each side
of the centerline of any
continuous 1000 feet (305
m) of pipeline and
including 5 or more
buildings.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13289, Mar. 15, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

GPTC GUIDE FOR GAS TRANSMISSION AND 192.111
DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART C
(4) Is used in a fabricated assembly, (including separators, mainline valve assemblies,

cross-connections, and river crossing headers) or is used within five pipe diameters in any direction
from the last fitting of a fabricated assembly, other than a transition piece or an elbow used in place
of a pipe bend which is not associated with a fabricated assembly.
(c) For Class 2 locations, a design factor of 0.50, or less, must be used in the design formula in
§192.105 for uncased steel pipe that crosses the right-of-way of a hard surfaced road, a highway, a
public street, or a railroad.
(d) For Class 1 and Class 2 locations, a design factor of 0.50, or less, must be used in the
design formula in §192.105 for --
(1) Steel pipe in a compressor station, regulating station, or measuring station; and
(2) Steel pipe, including a pipe riser, on a platform located offshore or in inland navigable
waters.
[Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976]
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 USE OF DESIGN FACTOR (F) FOR STEEL PIPE IN §§192.111(b), (c), and (d)
INSTALLATION CONDITION LOCATION CLASS
1 2 3 4
Crossings without casings of:
Private roads (See Note 1) .72 .60 .50 .40
The rights-of-way of unimproved public roads .60 .60 .50 .40
The rights-of-way of hard surfaced roads, highways, public streets, .60 .50 .50 .40
railroads
Crossings with casings of:
railroads
Parallel encroachments on:
railroads
Amendment No. 6, September 2006 39

INSTALLATION CONDITION (Continued) LOCATION CLASS
1 2 3 4
Pipelines on bridges .60 .60 .50 .40
Fabricated assemblies (See Note 2) .60 .60 .50 .40
Compressor, regulating, or measuring station piping .50 .50 .50 .40
Pipe, including pipe risers, on platforms located offshore .50 N/A N/A N/A
Pipe, including risers, on platforms located in inland navigable waters .50 .50 .50 .40
Notes:
1. "Private roads" are roads that are not intended for use by the general public and over which travel
and transportation are restricted.
2. Section 192.165(b)(3) requires that liquid separators located in compressor stations and
constructed of pipe and fittings without internal welding must be fabricated with a design factor (F)
of 0.40, or less.
TABLE 192.111i
2 DESIGN OF UNCASED PIPELINE CROSSINGS OF HIGHWAYS AND RAILROADS

(§§192.111(b)(1), (b)(2) and (c))
See Guide Material Appendix G-192-15.
§192.113
Longitudinal joint factor (E) for steel pipe.
The longitudinal joint factor to be used in the design formula in §192.105 is determined in
accordance with the following table:
Longitudinal
Specification Pipe Class Joint Factor
(E)
ASTM A 53/A53M Seamless 1.00
Electric resistance welded 1.00
Furnace butt welded 0.60
ASTM A 106 Seamless 1.00
ASTM A 333/A 333M Seamless 1.00
ASTM A 381 Double submerged arc welded 1.00
ASTM A 671 Electric-fusion-welded 1.00
Amendment No. 6, September 2006

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
40
Longitudinal
Specification (Continued) Pipe Class Joint Factor
(E)
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

API 5L Seamless 1.00
Electric flash welded 1.00
Submerged arc welded 1.00
Furnace butt welded 0.60
Other Pipe over 4 inches (102 millimeters) 0.80
Other Pipe 4 inches (102 millimeters) or less 0.60
If the type of longitudinal joint cannot be determined, the joint factor to be used must not exceed
that designated for "Other".
[Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23, 1986; Amdt. 192-62, 54
FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004]
GUIDE MATERIAL
Manufacture of furnace lap-welded pipe was discontinued and process deleted from API Spec 5L in 1962.
§192.115
Temperature derating factor (T) for steel pipe.
The temperature derating factor to be used in the design formula in §192.105 is determined as
follows:
Gas temperature Temperature

in degrees derating
Fahrenheit (Celsius) factor ( T )
250 oF (121 oC) 1.000
or less
300 oF (149 oC) 0.967
350 oF (177 oC) 0.933
400 oF (204 oC) 0.900
450 oF (232 oC) 0.867
For intermediate gas temperatures, the derating factor is determined by interpolation.
[Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]

GUIDE MATERIAL
No guide material necessary.
§192.117
(Removed and reserved.)
§192.119
(Removed and reserved.)
§192.121
Design of plastic pipe.
Subject to the limitations of §192.123, the design pressure for plastic pipe is determined in
accordance with either of the following formulas:
P = 2S t 0.32
(D-t)
P = 2S 0.32
(SDR-1)
Where:
P = Design pressure, gauge, kPa (psig).
S = For thermoplastic pipe, the HDB is determined in accordance with the listed
specification at a temperature equal to 73 oF (23 oC), 100 oF (38 oC), 120 oF (49 oC), or 140
o
F (60 oC). In the absence an HDB established at the specified temperature, the HDB of a
higher temperature may be used in determining a design pressure rating at the specified
temperature by arithmetic interpolation using the procedure in Part D.2. of PPI TR–
3/2004, HDB/PDB/SDB/MRS Policies (incorporated by reference, see §192.7). For
reinforced thermosetting plastic pipe, 11,000 psig (75,842 kPa).
t = Specified wall thickness, mm (in.).
D = Specified outside diameter, mm (in.).
SDR = Standard dimension ratio, the ratio of the average specified outside diameter to the
minimum specified wall thickness, corresponding to a value from a common numbering
system that was derived from the American National Standards Institute preferred
number series 10.
[Amdt. 192-31, 43 FR 13880, Apr. 3, 1978 with Amdt. 192-31 Correction, 43 FR 43308, Sept. 25, 1978;
Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996 with Amdt. 192-78 Correction, 61 FR 30824, June 18, 1996;
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-
103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

GUIDE MATERIAL
This guide material is under review following Amendments 192-94.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1 NATURAL GAS
(a) Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB) values are awarded by the Hydrostatic Stress Board (HSB) of the
Plastics Pipe Institute (PPI) and are listed in PPI TR-4, which can be accessed at
www.plasticpipe.org.
(b) ASTM D 2513 requires elevated temperature HDB listings for plastic piping materials used at
temperatures above 73 °F. PPI publishes elevated temperature HDB values for PE and PA
materials in TR-4.
(c) Magnetically-filled PE (reference ASTM D 2513, Annex A.6) is considered as either PE 2406 or PE
3408 material.
(d) Long-term hydrostatic strength (LTHS) for reinforced thermosetting plastic covered by ASTM D
2517 is 11,000 psi.
(e) HDB values apply only to materials meeting all the requirements of ASTM D 2513 and are based
on engineering test data analyzed in accordance with ASTM D 2837, "Standard Test Method for
Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials or Pressure Design Basis for
Thermoplastic Pipe Products."
(f) HDB values at 73 °F for thermoplastic materials covered by ASTM D 2513 are listed in Table
192.121i. The values used in the design formula for thermoplastic materials are actually HDB
values that are a categorized value of the long-term hydrostatic strength.
Pipe Material HDB @ 73 °F, psi
PA 32312 (PA 11) 2500
PE 2406 1250
PE 3408 1600
PVC Type I, Grade 1, Class 12454B (PVC 1120)* 4000

PVC Type II, Grade 1, Class 1433D (PVC 2116)* 3200
* Editions of ASTM D 2513 issued after 2001 no longer permit use of PVC piping for new
gas piping installations, but do specify that it may be used for repair and maintenance of
existing PVC gas piping. The Regulations may continue to reference an edition of ASTM D
2513 earlier than 2001. The operator is advised to check §192.7.
TABLE 192.121i
2 PETROLEUM GASES
PE and PA materials listed in ASTM D 2513 may be used for liquid petroleum gas (LPG) piping
applications. NFPA 58 (referenced by §192.7) prescribes the following:
(a) PA may be used in liquid or vapor LPG systems up to the design pressure of the piping material.
PPI recommends a chemical derating factor of 1.0 (no derating) for PA 11 piping.
(b) PE, when recommended by the manufacturer, may be used in vapor-only LPG systems up to 30
psig pressure. PPI recommends a 0.5 chemical derating factor for the use of PE piping.
(c) PVC is not permitted.
Some information on the strengths of polyethylenes with propane is given in PPI TR-22, “Polyethylene
Piping Distribution Systems for Components of Liquid Petroleum Gases.” See guide material under
§192.123.

3 MINIMUM REQUIRED WALL THICKNESS
The minimum wall thickness (tm) for a given design pressure is determined from the formula below.
Also, see §§192.123 (c) and (d) plus 3 of the guide material under §192.123.
tm = PD
(P + 0.64 S)
Where:
P = Design pressure, gauge, kPa (psi)
D = Specified outside diameter, mm (in.)
S = The long-term hydrostatic strength, for thermoplastic pipe, kPa (psi) determined at 23 oC
(73 oF), 38 oC (100 oF), 49 oC (120 oF), or 60 oC (140 oF); for reinforced thermosetting
pipe, 75,800 kPa (11,000 psi)
4 INTERPOLATION OF HYDROSTATIC DESIGN BASIS (HDB) VALUES
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(a) For thermoplastic pipe that is to be installed at a service temperature greater than 73 ºF and less
than that at which the next HDB has been established, the HDB at the anticipated service
temperature can be determined by interpolation. The pipe manufacturer should be consulted for
assistance in determining an interpolated HDB.
(b) The interpolation formula as prescribed in §192.121 is published in PPI TR-3 as follows.
1 1
( SL − SH )( − )
S T = SL − TL TT
1 1
( − )
TL TH
Where:
ST = Interpolated LTHS for the anticipated service temperature (psi)
SL = LTHS established at a temperature below the anticipated service temperature (psi)
SH = LTHS established at a temperature above the anticipated service temperature (psi)
TL = Temperature at which the lower LTHS (SL) was established (K)
TT = Anticipated service temperature (K)
TH = Temperature at which the higher LTHS (SH) was established (K)
(c) Section 192.121 requires that the interpolation be made between the LTHS values at the lower and
higher temperatures. The resulting interpolated LTHS is categorized into an HDB. This interpolated
HDB is then used to determine the design pressure under §192.121.
(d) Example:
An operator is installing SDR 11 PE pipe where the anticipated service temperature is 78 ºF. HDB
values are established and published in PPI TR-4 at 73 ºF (296 K) and 140 ºF (333 K). Thus, the
operator has the option of establishing an interpolated HDB at the anticipated service temperature,
78 °F (299 K), or using the 140 °F HDB of 800 psi.
(1) In order to calculate the HDB for the anticipated service temperature, the operator must obtain
the actual LTHS values established for the material at the nearest temperature above and
below the temperature for which the interpolated value is to be determined. These values are
typically available from the pipe supplier. If these LTHS values are not available, the lowest
LTHS for the HDB category in Table 192.121ii may be used as a conservative estimate.
(2) Once the LTHS values are obtained, the interpolation calculation input is as follows.
SL(73 °F) = 1567 psi
SH(140 °F) = 845 psi
TL = 73 ºF (295.93 K)
TT = 78 ºF (298.71 K)
TH = 140 ºF (333.15 K)

Hence, the interpolation calculation determines that ST = 1506.86 psi or 1507 psi.
(3) To determine the HDB at 78 ºF, the interpolated LTHS value is categorized using Table 1 from
ASTM Standard D 2837-04, a selection of which is shown in Table 192.121ii.
Range of Calculated LTHS Values Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB)
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Psi (MPa) psi (MPa)
600 to <760 (4.14 to <5.24) 630 (4.34)
760 to <960 (5.24 to <6.62) 800 (5.52)
960 to <1200 (6.62 to <8.27) 1000 (6.89)
1200 to <1530 (8.27 to <10.55) 1250 (8.62)
1530 to <1920 (10.55 to <13.24) 1600 (11.03)
TABLE 192.121ii
(4) Based upon an interpolated LTHS value of 1510 psi, the HDB to be used in the design formula
for this example is 1250 psi.
For this SDR 11 PE pipe with an anticipated service temperature of 78 °F, the design pressure
is calculated in accordance with §192.121 using the interpolated HDB of 1250 psi as follows.
2S 2(1250 psi)
P= (.32) = (.32) = 80 psig
(SDR − 1) (11 − 1)
5 REFERENCES
(a) PPI TR-4, "PPI Listing of Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB), Strength Design Basis (SDB), Pressure
Design Basis (PDB) and Minimum Required Strength (MRS) Ratings for Thermoplastic Piping
Materials or Pipe."
(b) PPI TR-22, "Polyethylene Piping Distribution Systems for Components of Liquid Petroleum Gases."
§192.123
Design limitations for plastic pipe.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, the design pressure may not exceed a
gauge pressure of 100 psig (689 kPa) for plastic pipe used in:
(1) Distribution systems; or
(2) Classes 3 and 4 locations.
(b) Plastic pipe may not be used where operating temperatures of the pipe will be:
(1) Below –20 oF (–29 oC), or –40 oF (–40 oC) if all pipe and pipeline components whose
operating temperature will be below –20 oF (–29 oC) have a temperature rating by the manufacturer
consistent with that operating temperature; or
(2) Above the following applicable temperatures:
(i) For thermoplastic pipe, the temperature at which the HDB used in the design
formula under §192.121 is determined.
(ii) For reinforced thermosetting plastic pipe, 150 oF (66 oC).
(c) The wall thickness for thermoplastic pipe may not be less than 0.062 inches (1.57
millimeters).

(d) The wall thickness for reinforced thermosetting plastic pipe may not be less than that listed
in the following table:
Nominal Minimum wall

size in thickness in
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
inches (millimeters) inches (millimeters)

2 (51) 0.060 (1.52)
3 (76) 0.060 (1.52)
4 (102) 0.070 (1.78)
6 (152) 0.100 (2.54)
(e) The design pressure for thermoplastic pipe produced after July 14, 2004 may exceed a
gauge pressure of 100 psig (689 kPa) provided that:
(1) The design pressure does not exceed 125 psig (862 kPa);
(2) The material is a PE2406 or a PE3408 as specified within ASTM D2513 (incorporated by
reference, see §192.7);
(3) The pipe size is nominal pipe size (IPS) 12 or less; and
(4) The design pressure is determined in accordance with the design equation defined in
§192.121.
[Amdt. 192-31, 43 FR 13880, Apr. 3, 1978; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996 with Amdt. 192-78
Correction, 61 FR 30824, June 18, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68
FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004 with Amdt. 192-94 Correction,
69 FR 54591, Sept. 9, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 IMPACT AND DUCTILITY
The impact and ductility properties of plastics should be evaluated when the material is intended for use
in facilities subjected to low temperatures.
2 PETROLEUM GASES
The pressure-temperature relationship with petroleum gases should be such that condensation will not
occur when using PE piping.
3 HOT TAPS
(a) To minimize the probability of a blowout when making a hot-plate saddle fusion on polyethylene
(PE) pipe with a wall thickness of 0.216 inches or less, operating at pressures up to and including
100 psig, it may be necessary to require heavier wall thickness than determined by the pressure
design formula. The manufacturer of the PE pipe should be contacted for recommendations.
(b) For those PE pipelines operated at pressures greater than 100 psig, the probability of blowouts
when making hot-plate saddle fusions increases due to the increased pressure. The pipeline
pressure may need to be reduced during such fusions.
(c) Electrofusion tapping tees may be used as an alternate to hot-plate fusion tapping tees to reduce
the probability of blowouts when hot tapping PE pipes. The manufacturer of the electrofusion fitting
should be contacted for recommendations.
(d) Mechanical tapping tees may be used as an alternative to heat-fusion tapping tees to avoid the
possibility of blowouts when tapping PE pipes.
4 EFFECTS OF LIQUID HYDROCARBONS
4.1 General.
Liquid hydrocarbons such as gasoline, diesel fuel, and condensates, either inside the pipe or in the
surrounding soil, are known to have a detrimental effect on PE and PVC plastic piping materials. PA 11
piping is not affected by liquid hydrocarbons. Contact the piping manufacturer for specific
recommendations.
4.2 Effect on design pressure (see §192.121).

(a) If thermoplastic materials covered by ASTM D 2513 are to be exposed continuously to liquid
hydrocarbons, it is recommended that the design pressure be de-rated in accordance with the
following formula. See 4.3 below for references on this subject.
Pde-rated = P§192.121 x DFC
Where:
Pde-rated = De-rated design pressure, gauge, psig (kPa).
P§192.121 = Design pressure, gauge, psig (kPa) determined under §192.121.
DFC = Chemical Design Factor determined in accordance with Table 192.123i.
Pipe Material Chemical Design Factor

PA (polyamide) 1.00
PE (polyethylene) 0.50
PVC (polyvinyl chloride) 0.50
TABLE 192.123i
(b) If PE or PVC pipe is to be exposed intermittently to liquid hydrocarbons, the pipe manufacturer
should be consulted to determine the appropriate DFC.
4.3 References.
(a) PA pipe.
(1) “An Evaluation of Polyamide 11 for Use in High Pressure/High Temperature Gas Piping
Systems,” T.J. Pitzi et al., 15th Plastic Fuel Gas Pipe Symposium Proceedings - 1997, p. 107.
(2) “Polyamide 11 Liners Withstand Hydrocarbons, High Temperature,” A. Berry, Pipeline & Gas
Journal, December 1998, p. 81.
(b) PE pipe.
(1) PPI TR-9, “Recommended Design Factors and Design Coefficients for Thermoplastic Pressure
Pipe.”
(2) PPI TR-22, “Polyethylene Piping Distribution Systems for Components of Liquid Petroleum
Gases.”
(3) “Mechanical Integrity of Fusion Joints Made from Polyethylene Pipe Exposed to Heavy
Hydrocarbons,” S.M. Pimputkar, 14th Plastic Fuel Gas Pipe Symposium Proceedings - 1995, p.
141.
(4) “Strength of Fusion Joints Made from Polyethylene Pipe Exposed to Heavy Hydrocarbons,”
S.M. Pimputkar, 15th Plastic Fuel Gas Pipe Symposium Proceedings - 1997, p. 309.
(5) GRI 96/0194, “Service Effects of Hydrocarbons on Fusion and Mechanical Performance of
Polyethylene Gas Distribution Piping.”
(c) PVC pipe.
“Prediction of Organic Chemical Permeation through PVC Pipe,” A.R. Berens, Research
Technology, November 1985, p. 57.
Amendment No. 6, September 2006 --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 47

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5 PLASTIC PIPE MANUFACTURED BEFORE MAY 18, 1978
The following language was removed from §192.123(b)(2)(i) by Amendment 192-93:

“However, if the pipe was manufactured before May 18, 1978 and its long-term hydrostatic
strength was determined at 73 ºF (23 ºC), it may be used at temperatures up to 100 ºF
(38 ºC).”
This language permitted the installation and operation of plastic pipe manufactured prior to May 18,
1978, at temperatures up to 100 ºF using the 73 ºF HDB. This sentence was removed since this
vintage plastic pipe is no longer available nor is it still being installed. However, pipe installed under
this clause is “grandfathered” and can continue to be operated at temperatures up to 100 ºF using
the 73 ºF HDB.
§192.125
Design of copper pipe.
(a) Copper pipe used in mains must have a minimum wall thickness of 0.065 inches (1.65
millimeters) and must be hard drawn.
(b) Copper pipe used in service lines must have wall thickness not less than that indicated in
the following table:
Standard Nominal Wall thickness inch (millimeter)

size inch O.D. inch
(millimeter) (millimeter)
Nominal Tolerance
1/2 (13) .625 (16) .040 (1.06) .0035 (.0889)
5/8 (16) .750 (19) .042 (1.07) .0035 (.0889)
3/4 (19) .875 (22) .045 (1.14) .0040 (.1020)
1 (25) 1.125 (29) .050 (1.27) .0040 (.1020)
1 1/4 (32) 1.375 (35) .055 (1.40) .0045 (.1143)
1 1/2 (38) 1.625 (41) .060 (1.52) .0045 (.1143)
(c) Copper pipe used in mains and service lines may not be used at pressures in excess of 100
p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage.
(d) Copper pipe that does not have an internal corrosion resistant lining may not be used to
carry gas that has an average hydrogen sulfide content of more than 0.3 grains/100 ft3 (6.9/m3) under
standard conditions. Standard conditions refers to 60 oF and 14.7 psia (15.6 oC and one atmosphere)
of gas.
[Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
GUIDE MATERIAL
See §192.377 for additional requirement regarding copper service lines.

DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART D
SUBPART D
DESIGN OF PIPELINE COMPONENTS
§192.141
Scope.
This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for the design and installation of pipeline
components and facilities. In addition, it prescribes requirements relating to protection against
accidental overpressuring.
GUIDE MATERIAL
Useful industry references for design and construction of auxiliary piping for compressor stations or other
similar installations (other than gas piping) are listed in Table 192.141i. Federal, state and local requirements
may also apply.
Piping System Fluid Design Code

Power piping (boiler external Air, steam, water, oil, gas, steam ASME B31.1
piping) condensate
Power piping (non-boiler external Air, steam, water, oil, gas, steam ASME B31.3
piping) condensate
Utility, auxiliary, process, air Air, steam, water, oil, steam ASME B31.3
injection condensate, glycol, natural gas
liquids
Process Hydrocarbons, chemicals ASME B31.3
Refrigeration Refrigerant (e.g., propane) ASME B31.3 or B31.5
Fire protection Water NFPA 14 and 24
Drinking and domestic supply Water AWWA Standards; Uniform
Plumbing Code
Plumbing and drains Sanitary and waste water Uniform Plumbing Code
TABLE 192.141i
§192.143
General requirements.
Each component of a pipeline must be able to withstand operating pressures and other
anticipated loadings without impairment of its serviceability with unit stresses equivalent to those
allowed for comparable material in pipe in the same location and kind of service. However, if design
based upon unit stresses is impractical for a particular component, design may be based upon a
pressure rating established by the manufacturer by pressure testing that component or a prototype
of the component.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
49
[Amdt. 192-48, 49 FR 19823, May 10, 1984]
GUIDE MATERIAL
The designer should select components that will withstand the field test pressure to which they will be
subjected without failure or leakage and without impairment to their serviceability. Consideration should also
be given to pulsation-induced vibrations that could produce excessive cyclic stresses.
See Guide Material Appendix G-192-9 and Guide Material Appendix G-192-10.
§192.144
Qualifying Metallic Components.
Notwithstanding any requirement of this subpart which incorporates by reference an edition of

a document listed in §192.7 or Appendix B of this part, a metallic component manufactured in
accordance with any other edition of that document is qualified for use under this part if --
(a) It can be shown through visual inspection of the cleaned component that no defect exists
which might impair the strength or tightness of the component; and
(b) The edition of the document under which the component was manufactured has equal or
more stringent requirements for the following as an edition of that document currently or previously
listed in §192.7 or appendix B of this part:
(1) Pressure testing;
(2) Materials; and
(3) Pressure and temperature ratings.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-45, 48 FR 30637, July 5, 1983; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004]
GUIDE MATERIAL
See Guide Material Appendix G-192-1A for documents previously incorporated by reference in the
Regulations. Current documents incorporated by reference that were listed in Appendix A prior to
Amendment 192-94, published June 14, 2004, are now found in §192.7.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
If the edition of the document under which the component was manufactured was neither previously listed
nor currently listed in §192.7, and was not previously listed in Appendix A, then requirements under
§192.144(b) should be reviewed to determine if the metallic component is qualified for use under Part 192.
§192.145
Valves.
(a) Except for cast iron and plastic valves, each valve must meet the minimum requirements of
API 6D (incorporated by reference, see §192.7), or to a national or international standard that
provides an equivalent

performance level. A valve may not be used under operating conditions that exceed the applicable
pressure-temperature ratings contained in those requirements.
(b) Each cast iron and plastic valve must comply with the following:
(1) The valve must have a maximum service pressure rating for temperatures that equal or
exceed the maximum service temperature.
(2) The valve must be tested as part of the manufacturing, as follows:
(i) With the valve in the fully open position, the shell must be tested with no leakage
to a pressure at least 1.5 times the maximum service rating.
(ii) After the shell test, the seat must be tested to a pressure not less than 1.5 times
the maximum service pressure rating. Except for swing check valves, test pressure during the seat
test must be applied successively on each side of the closed valve with the opposite side open. No
visible leakage is permitted.
(iii) After the last pressure test is completed, the valve must be operated through its
full travel to demonstrate freedom from interference.
(c) Each valve must be able to meet the anticipated operating conditions.
(d) No valve having shell components made of ductile iron may be used at pressures exceeding
80 percent of the pressure ratings for comparable steel valves at their listed temperature. However, a
valve having shell components made of ductile iron may be used at pressures up to 80 percent of
the pressure ratings for comparable steel valves at their listed temperature, if --
(1) The temperature-adjusted service pressure does not exceed 1,000 p.s.i (7MPa) gage;
and
(2) Welding is not used on any ductile iron component in the fabrication of the valve shells
or their assembly.
(e) No valve having pressure-containing parts made of ductile iron may be used in the gas pipe
components of compressor stations.
[Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17659, Nov. 17, 1970; Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31, 1976; Amdt. 192-37, 46
FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13,
1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 FLANGED CAST IRON VALVES IN STEEL PIPELINES
Consideration should be given to the effect of secondary stresses (e.g., resulting from earth movement,
expansion and contraction or other external forces) which could affect the structural integrity of flanged
cast iron valves in steel pipelines. Adequate support, compression couplings, or other means may be
used.
2 EQUIVALENCY
2.1 Equivalent standards.

Valve standards API Spec 6A, API Std 600, ASME B16.33, ASME B16.34, and ASME B16.38 provide
an equivalent performance level to API Spec 6D for gas application purposes.
2.2 Valves not listed in API Spec 6D.

Although all valve sizes (such as those smaller than 2 inches) are not listed in API Spec 6D,
manufacturers may design, build and test non-listed sizes in accordance with all applicable
requirements of API Spec 6D and, thereby, meet the equivalency criteria. However, application of the
API monogram to valve sizes not listed in the API Specification is not permitted.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 51

3 PRESSURE-TEMPERATURE RATING
Any valve which cannot comply to the API Spec 6D standard pressure-temperature rating because of
material(s) which require a reduced maximum temperature limit should be provided with markings on
the nameplate showing the maximum pressure rating at that temperature and with the pressure rating
at 100 oF.
§192.147
Flanges and flange accessories.
(a) Each flange or flange accessory (other than cast iron) must meet the minimum re-
quirements of ASME/ANSI B16.5, MSS SP-44, or the equivalent.
(b) Each flange assembly must be able to withstand the maximum pressure at which the
pipeline is to be operated and to maintain its physical and chemical properties at any temperature to
which it is anticipated that it might be subjected in service.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(c) Each flange on a flanged joint in cast iron pipe must conform in dimensions, drilling, face
and gasket design to ASME/ANSI B16.1 and be cast integrally with the pipe, valve, or fitting.
[Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 FLANGES
1.1 Flange types.

(a) The dimensions and drilling for all line or end flanges should conform to one of the following
standards.
ASME B16 Series listed in Appendix A (for iron and steel)
MSS SP-44 Steel Pipe Line Flanges
Flanges cast or forged integral with pipe, fittings or valves in sizes and for the maximum service
rating covered by the standards listed above may be used subject to the facing, bolting and
gasketing requirements of this paragraph and 1.2, 2.1 and 2.2 below.
(b) Threaded companion flanges that comply with the B16 group of American National Standards, in
sizes and for maximum service ratings covered by these standards, may be used.
(c) Lapped flanges in sizes and pressure standards established by ASME B16.5 may be used.
(d) Slip-on welding flanges in sizes and pressure standards established in ASME B16.5 may be used.
Slip-on flanges or rectangular section may be substituted for hubbed slip-on flanges provided the
thickness is increased as required to produce equivalent strength as determined by calculations
made in accordance with Section VIII, Pressure Vessels, of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code.
(e) Welding neck flanges in sizes and pressure standards established in ASME B16.5, ASME B16.47,
and MSS SP-44 may be used. The bore of the flanges should correspond to the inside diameter of
the pipe used. For acceptable welding end treatment see Figure 192.235B in Guide Material
Appendix G-192-5.
(f) Flanges made of ductile iron should conform to material and dimensional standards listed in
§192.145(a) and should be subject to all service restrictions as outlined for valves in that
paragraph. The bolting requirements for ductile iron flanges should be the same as for carbon and
low alloy steel flanges as listed in 2.1 below.

DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition Subpart E
SUBPART E
WELDING OF STEEL IN PIPELINES
§192.221
Scope.
(a) This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for welding steel materials in pipelines.
(b) This subpart does not apply to welding that occurs during the manufacture of steel pipe or
steel pipeline components.
GUIDE MATERIAL
Welding terms used in this Guide generally conform to the standard definitions established by the American
Welding Society and contained in AWS Publication A3.0 "Standard Welding Terms and Definitions." See
definition of "Pipe Manufacturing Processes" in the guide material under §192.3 for exceptions.
§192.223
(Removed.)
§192.225
Welding procedures.
(a) Welding must be performed by a qualified welder in accordance with welding procedures
qualified under section 5 of API 1104 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7) or section IX of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code ‘‘Welding and Brazing Qualifications’’ (incorporated by
reference, see §192.7) to produce welds meeting the requirements of this subpart. The quality of the
test welds used to qualify welding procedures shall be determined by destructive testing in
accordance with the applicable welding standard(s).
(b) Each welding procedure must be recorded in detail, including the results of the qualifying
tests. This record must be retained and followed whenever the procedure is used.
[Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5, 1975; Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31, 1976; Amdt. 192-37, 46
FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20294, June 4, 1986; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June
14, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
Additional references for welding procedures include the following.

(a) ASME B31.8, "Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems."

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
89
(b) API Std 1104, "Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities," Appendix B, "In-Service Welding.”
Information on preheating and stress relieving of welded connections can be found in the above references.
Preheating and stress relieving should be performed in accordance with the qualified welding procedure
being used.
§192.227
Qualification of welders.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each welder must be qualified in
accordance with section 6 of API 1104 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7) or section IX of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (incorporated by reference, see §192.7). However, a welder
qualified under an earlier edition than listed in appendix A of this part may weld but may not
requalify under that earlier edition.
(b) A welder may qualify to perform welding on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces
a hoop stress of less than 20 percent of SMYS by performing an acceptable test weld, for the
process to be used, under the test set forth in section I of Appendix C of this part. Each welder who
is to make a welded service line connection to a main must first perform an acceptable test weld
under section II of Appendix C of this part as a requirement of the qualifying test.
[Amdt. 192-18, 40 FR 10181, Mar. 5, 1975 with Amdt. 192-18A, 40 FR 27222, June 27, 1975; Amdt. 192-
22, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31, 1976; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850,
Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-52, 51 FR 20294, June 4, 1986; Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26, 1996
with Amdt. 192-75 Correction, 61 FR 38403, July 24, 1996; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996
with Amdt. 192-78 Correction, 61 FR 30824, June 18, 1996; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004;
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
It is the operator's responsibility to ensure that all welding is performed by qualified welders. The ability of
welders to make sound welds should be determined by test welds using previously qualified welding
procedures. The evaluation of test welds may be conducted by qualified operator personnel or testing
laboratories.
§192.229
Limitations on welders.
(a) No welder whose qualification is based on nondestructive testing may weld compressor
station pipe and components.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 90

(b) No welder may weld with a particular welding process unless, within the preceding 6
calendar months, he has engaged in welding with that process.
(c) A welder qualified under §192.227(a) --
(1) May not weld on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20
percent or more of SMYS unless within the preceding 6 calendar months the welder has had one
weld tested and found acceptable under the sections 6 or 9 of API Standard 1104 (incorporated by
reference, see §192.7). Alternatively, welders may maintain an ongoing qualification status by
performing welds tested and found acceptable under the above acceptance criteria at least twice
each calendar year, but at intervals not exceeding 7½ months. A welder qualified under an earlier
edition of a standard listed in §192.7 of this part may weld but may not requalify under that earlier
edition; and
(2) May not weld on pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of less
than 20 percent of SMYS unless the welder is tested in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this
section or requalifies under paragraph (d)(1) or (d)(2) of this section.
(d) A welder qualified under §192.227(b) may not weld unless --
(1) Within the preceding 15 calendar months, but at least once each calendar year, the
welder has requalified under §192.227(b); or
(2) Within the preceding 7½ calendar months, but at least twice each calendar year, the
welder has had --
(i) A production weld cut out, tested, and found acceptable in accordance with the
qualifying test; or
(ii) For welders who work only on service lines 2 inches (51 millimeters) or smaller in
diameter, two sample welds tested and found acceptable in accordance with the test in section III of
Appendix C of this part.
37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996 with Amdt. 192-78 Correction,
61 FR 30824, June 18, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886,
June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
A welding "process" is one element of a welding "procedure." Processes commonly used in pipeline welding
procedures include the following:
(a) Shielded metal-arc.
(b) Submerged arc.
(c) Gas tungsten-arc.
(d) Gas metal-arc.
(e) Flux-cored arc.
(f) Oxyacetylene.
(g) Flash.
§192.231
Protection from weather.
The welding operation must be protected from weather conditions that would impair the quality
of the completed weld.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.233
Miter joints.
(a) A miter joint on steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 30
percent or more of SMYS may not deflect the pipe more than 3 degrees.
(b) A miter joint on steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of less
than 30 percent, but more than 10 percent, of SMYS may not deflect the pipe more than 12½ degrees
and must be a distance equal to one pipe diameter or more away from any other miter joint, as
measured from the crotch of each joint.
(c) A miter joint on steel pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 10
percent or less of SMYS may not deflect the pipe more than 90 degrees.
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.235
Preparation for welding.
Before beginning any welding, the welding surfaces must be clean and free of any material that
may be detrimental to the weld, and the pipe or component must be aligned to provide the most
favorable condition for depositing the root bead. This alignment must be preserved while the root
bead is being deposited.
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 BUTT WELDS
Some acceptable end preparations are shown in Figures 192.235A and 192.235B of Guide Material
Appendix G-192-5.
2 FILLET WELDS
Minimum dimensions for fillet welds used in the attachment of slip-on flanges and for socket-welded
joints are shown in Figure 192.235C of Guide Material Appendix G-192-5. Similar minimum dimensions
for fillet welds used in branch connections are shown in Figures 192.155B and 192.155C of Guide
Material Appendix G-192-4.
Addendum No. 1, September 2004 --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

92
3 SEAL WELDS
When threaded joints are seal-welded, the weld should not be considered as contributing to the
strength of the joint.
4 MITER WELDS
In making mitered joints, care should be taken to ensure proper groove spacing, alignment, and full
penetration. In cutting miter joints, the cutting torch should be held so that the entire cut surface is in the
same plane. The miter cut should be followed by a beveling cut, leaving 1/32 inch to 1/16 inch of
shoulder at the inner wall. The included angle of the resultant welding groove should be at least 60
degrees.
§192.237
(Removed.)
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
§192.239
(Removed.)
§192.241
Inspection and test of welds.
(a) Visual inspection of welding must be conducted by an individual qualified by appropriate

training and experience to ensure that:
(1) The welding is performed in accordance with the welding procedure; and
(2) The weld is acceptable under paragraph (c) of this section.
(b) The welds on a pipeline to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 20
percent or more of SMYS must be nondestructively tested in accordance with §192.243, except that
welds that are visually inspected and approved by a qualified welding inspector need not be
nondestructively tested if --
(1) The pipe has a nominal diameter of less than 6 inches (152 millimeters); or
(2) The pipeline is to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of less than 40
percent of SMYS and the welds are so limited in number that nondestructive testing is impractical.
(c) The acceptability of a weld that is nondestructively tested or visually inspected is
determined according to the standards in Section 9 of API Standard 1104 (incorporated by reference,
see §192.7). However, if a girth weld is unacceptable under those standards for a reason other than
a crack, and if Appendix A to API 1104 applies to the weld, the acceptability of the weld may be
further determined under that appendix.

37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996 with Amdt. 192-78 Correction,
61 FR 30824, June 18, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886,
June 14, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 VISUAL INSPECTION
The measures listed below should be performed at sufficient intervals to ensure good quality
workmanship. Consideration should be given to nondestructively testing, repairing, or cutting out any
weld with questionable acceptability under Section 9 of API Std 1104.
(a) Inspect the fit-up of a joint before the weld is made.
(b) Visually inspect the stringer bead before subsequent beads are applied. Each bead inspected
should be examined for defects that may make the weld unacceptable, such as:
(1) Incomplete fusion.
(2) Slag inclusion.
(3) Porosity.
(4) Cracks.
(c) Inspect the completed weld before coating.
2 INSPECTOR QUALIFICATIONS
(a) Inspection should be performed by qualified individuals with consideration given to the following.
(1) Experience.
(2) Training.
(3) Results of qualification examinations, if any.
(b) The documentation of inspector qualifications should be retained.
§192.243
Nondestructive testing.
(a) Nondestructive testing of welds must be performed by any process, other than trepanning,
that will clearly indicate defects that may affect the integrity of the weld.
(b) Nondestructive testing of welds must be performed --
(1) In accordance with written procedures; and
(2) By persons who have been trained and qualified in the established procedures and with
the equipment employed in testing.
(c) Procedures must be established for the proper interpretation of each nondestructive test of
a weld to ensure the acceptability of the weld under §192.241(c).
(d) When nondestructive testing is required under §192.241(b), the following percentages of
each day's field butt welds, selected at random by the operator, must be nondestructively tested
over their entire circumference:
(1) In Class 1 locations, except offshore, at least 10 percent.
(2) In Class 2 locations, at least 15 percent.
(3) In Class 3 and Class 4 locations, at crossing of major or navigable rivers, offshore, and

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
94
DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART F
§192.279
Copper pipe.
Copper pipe may not be threaded except that copper pipe used for joining screw fittings or
valves may be threaded if the wall thickness is equivalent to the comparable size of Schedule 40 or
heavier wall pipe listed in Table C1 of ASME/ANSI B16.5.
[Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625, Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993]
GUIDE MATERIAL
(a) Copper pipe may be joined by a mechanical joint or a brazed or soldered lap joint. The filler material
used for brazing should be a copper-phosphorous or a silver base alloy.
(b) Butt welds should not be used for joining copper pipe or copper tubing.
§192.281
Plastic pipe.
(a) General. A plastic pipe joint that is joined by solvent cement, adhesive, or heat fusion may
not be disturbed until it has properly set. Plastic pipe may not be joined by a threaded joint or miter
joint.
(b) Solvent cement joints. Each solvent cement joint on plastic pipe must comply with the
following:
(1) The mating surfaces of the joint must be clean, dry, and free of material which might be
detrimental to the joint.
(2) The solvent cement must conform to ASTM Designation D 2513.
(3) The joint may not be heated to accelerate the setting of the cement.
(c) Heat-fusion joints. Each heat-fusion joint on plastic pipe must comply with the following:
(1) A butt heat-fusion joint must be joined by a device that holds the heater element square
to the ends of the piping, compresses the heated ends together, and holds the pipe in proper
alignment while the plastic hardens.
(2) A socket heat-fusion joint must be joined by a device that heats the mating surfaces of
the joint uniformly and simultaneously to essentially the same temperature.
(3) An electrofusion joint must be joined utilizing the equipment and techniques of the
fittings manufacturer or equipment and techniques shown, by testing joints to the requirements of
§192.283(a)(1)(iii), to be at least equivalent to those of the fittings manufacturer.
(4) Heat may not be applied with a torch or other open flame.
(d) Adhesive joints. Each adhesive joint on plastic pipe must comply with the following:
(1) The adhesive must conform to ASTM Designation D 2517.
(2) The materials and adhesive must be compatible with each other.
(e) Mechanical joints. Each compression type mechanical joint on plastic pipe must comply
with the following:
(1) The gasket material in the coupling must be compatible with the plastic.
(2) A rigid internal tubular stiffener, other than a split tubular stiffener, must be used in
conjunction with the coupling.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
99
[Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, 1979 with Amdt. 192-34 Correction, 44 FR 50841, Aug. 30, 1979
and Amdt. 192-34 Correction, 44 FR 57100, Oct. 4, 1979; Amdt. 192-58, 53 FR 1633, Jan. 21, 1988;
Amdt. 192-61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22, 1988; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt. 192-78,
61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996 with Amdt. 192-78 Correction, 61 FR 30824, June 18, 1996]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 INTRODUCTION (Plastic-to-plastic and plastic-to-metal)
To achieve sound joints in plastic piping requires skillful application of qualified procedures and the use
of proper materials and equipment in good condition. Joints should be made by personnel qualified by
training or experience in the written procedures required for the type of joint involved.
2 GENERAL (Plastic-to-plastic)
Plastic piping is joined by several material-specific joining methods including solvent cement, heat
fusion, and adhesives as described below. All plastic piping materials may be joined by mechanical
methods. The Regulations require that the joining procedures be qualified and that joining personnel
and inspectors be trained and qualified. (See §§192.281, 192.283, 192.285, and 192.287.)
3 FIELD JOINING (Plastic-to-plastic and plastic-to-metal)
3.1 Solvent cement for repairing PVC piping only. (Plastic-to-plastic)

Note: Editions of ASTM D 2513 issued after 2001 no longer permit use of PVC piping for new
installations, but do specify that it may be used for repair and maintenance of existing PVC gas piping.
The Regulations may continue to reference an edition of ASTM D 2513 earlier than 2001. The operator
is advised to check §192.7.
(a) The solvent cement and piping components may be conditioned prior to assembly by warming,
provided that it is done in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Special
precautions are required when the surface temperature of the material is below 50 oF or above 100
o
F.
(b) Square cut ends, free of burrs, are required for a proper socket joint. Beveling of the leading edge
of the spigot end will provide for ease of insertion and better distribution of the cement.
(c) Proper fit between the pipe or tubing and the mating socket or sleeve is essential to a good joint.
Before application of cement, the pipe or tubing should freely enter the fitting but should not bottom
against the internal shoulder. Sound joints cannot normally be made between components that
have a loose or very tight fit.
(d) A uniform coating of the solvent cement is required on both mating surfaces. A light coating should
be applied to the socket and a heavier coating applied to the pipe or tubing. The pipe should
immediately be inserted into the socket and bottomed in the socket.
For diameters greater than 2 inches, additional measures may be necessary to bottom the pipe.
The completed joint should be held together for sufficient time to prevent the pipe from backing out
of the fitting. After the joint is made, excess cement should be removed from the outside of the joint.
(e) The joint should not be subject to a pressure test until it has developed a high percentage of its
ultimate strength. The time required for this to occur varies with the type of cement, humidity, and
temperature.
(f) Other recommendations for making joints may be found in ASTM D 2855 (for PVC), the Appendix
of ASTM D 2235 (for ABS), and the Appendix of ASTM D 2560 (for CAB).
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3.2 Heat fusion for PA-to-PA and PE-to-PE only by externally applied heat. (Plastic-to-plastic)
(a) PA and PE cannot be fused to each other.
(b) General training programs that include both printed material and slides are available from the
Plastics Pipe Institute (see Guide Material Appendix G-192-1) and many manufacturers of plastic
pipe.
(c) Care should be used in the heating operation. The material should be sufficiently heated to
produce a sound joint but not overheated to the extent that the material is damaged.
(d) Square cut ends, free of burrs, are required for a proper joint.
(e) The mating surfaces should be clean, dry, and free of material which might be detrimental to the
joint.
(f) Other recommendations for making heat-fusion joints may be found in ASTM D 2657.
(g) PE piping of different compounds or grades can be heat fused to each other. Such joining should
not be undertaken indiscriminately, and should be undertaken only when qualified procedures for
joining the specific compounds are used. Suggested references are as follows.
(1) PPI TN-13, "General Guidelines for Butt, Saddle and Socket Fusion of Unlike Polyethylene
Pipes and Fittings."
(2) PPI TR-33, “Generic Butt Fusion Joining Procedure for Polyethylene Gas Pipe.”
(3) PPI TR-41, “Generic Saddle Fusion Joining Procedure for Polyethylene Gas Piping.”
(h) Rain, cold, and windy weather conditions can influence fusion quality. Modification of the
recommended heating time in the procedure should be given consideration during such conditions.
(i) For hot taps on PE, see the guide material under §192.123.
(j) The condition of equipment for heat fusing PE must conform to the equipment manufacturer's
recommended tolerances for acceptable wear of critical components. The use of damaged or worn
equipment may result in fusion joints that are weak or out of alignment. The frequency of inspection
should be determined by the operator based on equipment usage, equipment age and condition,
and manufacturer's recommendation. See Guide Material Appendix G-192-20 for a sample
inspection form.
3.3 Heat-fusion by electrofusion. (Plastic-to-plastic)

(a) Sections 192.273 and 192.283 require that procedures for making joints other than by welding be
written and qualified. Each electrofusion equipment manufacturer is a source of appropriate
procedures for their respective system. The operator should check state requirements on the use of
electrofusion. Generally each procedure should contain some or all of the following elements:
(1) Couplings.
(i) The pipe should be cut at a square angle.
(ii) The pipe should be marked with the proper stab depth for the fitting.
(iii) Surface oxidation should be removed from the area of the pipe to be fused, up to the
stab-depth marks, using the tool specified in the qualified procedure.
(iv) One end of the pipe should be secured in an appropriate clamping device, the fitting slid
onto pipe, the second piece of pipe placed into clamp, and the fitting slid to final position
onto each pipe so it is properly aligned. Insertion up to the stab-depth marks should be
ensured.
(v) The control box should be tested for proper function.
(vi) The fitting should be connected to the fusion control box and the cycle activated. The
fitting should be left in the clamp until cooling has been completed.
(vii) The joint should be inspected in accordance with §192.273.
(2) Sidewall fittings.
(i) Determine the pipe area where the fitting is to be fused.
(ii) All surface oxidation should be removed from the pipe in the area to be fused using the
tool specified in the qualified procedure.
(iii) The fitting should be positioned and clamped in the cleaned area.
(iv) The control box should be tested for proper function.
(v) The fitting should be connected to the fusion control box and the cycle activated. The
fitting should be left in the clamp until cooling has been completed.
(vi) The joint should be inspected in accordance with §192.273.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(b) The following are references for joining plastic pipe by electrofusion.
(1) ASTM F 1055, "Standard Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside
Diameter Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing."
(2) ASTM F 1290, "Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings."
(3) PPI Technical Committee Project 141, "Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin
Pipe and Fittings."
3.4 Adhesive for thermosetting pipe only. (Plastic-to-plastic)

(a) The mating surfaces should be suitably prepared and should be dry and free of material that might
be detrimental to the joint.
(b) Adhesive should be properly mixed and liberally applied on both mating surfaces. The assembled
joint should be held together in alignment for sufficient time to prevent the pipe or tubing from
backing out of the fitting.
(c) The assembled joint should not be disturbed until the adhesive has properly set. The joint should
not be subjected to a pressure test until it has developed a high percentage of its ultimate strength.
The time required for this to occur varies with the adhesive, humidity, and ambient temperature.
(d) To accelerate curing, an adhesive bonded joint may be heated in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendation.
3.5 Mechanical joints for all plastic piping. (Plastic-to-plastic and plastic-to-metal)
(a) When compression type mechanical joints are used, the elastomeric gasket material in the fitting
should be compatible with the plastic; that is, neither the plastic nor the elastomer should cause
deterioration in chemical or mechanical properties to the other over a long period.
(b) A stiffener is required for thermoplastic piping. The tubular stiffener required to reinforce the end of
the pipe or tubing should extend at least under that section of the pipe compressed by the gasket or
gripping material. The stiffener should be free of rough or sharp edges that could damage the
piping. Stiffeners that fit the pipe or tube too tightly or too loosely may cause defective joining. The
operator should check with the manufacturer for recommendations.
(c) The pull-out resistance of compression-type fittings varies with the type and size of the fitting and
the wall thickness of the pipe being joined. ASTM D 2513 describes requirements for three
categories of mechanical fittings.
(1) Category 1 – full seal, full restraint. These types of mechanical fittings, when properly installed,
are designed to provide a joint that is stronger than the piping being connected.
(2) Category 2 – full seal, no restraint.
(3) Category 3 – full seal, partial restraint.
(d) All mechanical joints should be designed and installed to effectively sustain the longitudinal pull-out
forces caused by contraction of the piping and by maximum anticipated external loading. To
minimize these forces, practices such as the following should be used.
(1) With direct burial, snaking the pipe in the ditch when the pipe is sufficiently flexible.
(2) With insertion in a casing, pushing the pipe into place so that it is in compression rather than
tension.
(3) Allowing for the effect of thermal expansion and contraction of installed pipe due to seasonal
changes in the temperature. The importance of this allowance increases with the length of the
installation. This allowance may be accomplished by the following:
(i) Offsets.
(ii) Anchoring.
(iii) Strapping the joint.
(iv) Placing the pipe in slight axial compression.
(v) Expansion-contraction devices.
(vi) Fittings designed to prevent pull-out (ASTM D 2513, Categories 1 and 3).
(vii) Combinations of the above.
This allowance is of paramount importance when the plastic pipe is used for insertion inside
another pipe because it is not restrained. Coefficients of thermal expansion for thermoplastic
materials determined using ASTM D 696 are listed in Table 192.281i.

COEFFICIENTS OF THERMAL EXPANSION
Nominal Coefficients of Expansion

Pipe Material Thermal Expansion1 (in./100 ft. pipe/oF increase)
(x 10-5 in./in./oF)
PA 32312 (PA 11) 8.5 0.108
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
PE 2406 9.0 0.108
PE 3408 9.0 0.108
PVC 1120 3.0 0.036
PVC 2116 4.0 0.048
1
Individual compounds may differ from the values in this table by as much as ±10 percent. More exact
values for specific commercial products may be obtained from the manufacturer.
PA = polyamide
PE = polyethylene
PVC = poly (vinyl chloride)
TABLE 192.281i
§192.283
Plastic pipe: Qualifying joining procedures.
(a) Heat fusion, solvent cement, and adhesive joints. Before any written procedure established
under §192.273(b) is used for making plastic pipe joints by a heat fusion, solvent cement, or
adhesive method, the procedure must be qualified by subjecting specimen joints made according to
the procedure to the following tests:
(1) The burst test requirements of --
(i) In the case of thermoplastic pipe, paragraph 6.6 (sustained pressure test) or
paragraph 6.7 (Minimum Hydrostatic Burst Test) or paragraph 8.9 (Sustained Static pressure Test) of
ASTM D2513 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7);
(ii) In the case of thermosetting plastic pipe, paragraph 8.5 (Minimum Hydrostatic
Burst Pressure) or paragraph 8.9 (Sustained Static Pressure Test) of ASTM D2517 (incorporated by
reference, see §192.7);
or
(iii) In the case of electrofusion fittings for polyethylene pipe and tubing, paragraph 9.1
(Minimum Hydraulic Burst Pressure Test), paragraph 9.2 (Sustained Pressure Test), paragraph 9.3
(Tensile Strength Test), or paragraph 9.4 (Joint Integrity Tests) of ASTM Designation F1055
(incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
(2) For procedures intended for lateral pipe connections, subject a specimen joint made
from pipe sections joined at right angles according to the procedure to a force on the lateral pipe
until failure occurs in the specimen. If failure initiates outside the joint area, the procedure qualifies
for use; and
(3) For procedures intended for nonlateral pipe connections, follow the tensile test

requirements of ASTM D638 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7), except that the test may be
conducted at ambient temperature and humidity. If the specimen elongates no less than 25 percent
or failure initiates outside the joint area, the procedure qualifies for use.
(b) Mechanical joints. Before any written procedure established under §192.273(b) is used for
making mechanical plastic pipe joints that are designed to withstand tensile forces, the procedure
must be qualified by subjecting 5 specimen joints made according to the procedure to the following
tensile test:
(1) Use an apparatus for the test as specified in ASTM D 638 (except for conditioning),
(incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
(2) The specimen must be of such length that the distance between the grips of the
apparatus and the end of the stiffener does not affect the joint strength.
(3) The speed of testing is 0.20 in (5.0 mm) per minute, plus or minus 25 percent.
(4) Pipe specimens less than 4 inches (102 mm) in diameter are qualified if the pipe yields to
an elongation of no less than 25 percent or failure initiates outside the joint area.
(5) Pipe specimens 4 inches (102 mm) and larger in diameter shall be pulled until the pipe is
subjected to a tensile stress equal to or greater than the maximum thermal stress that would be
produced by a temperature change of 100 oF (38 oC) or until the pipe is pulled from the fitting. If the
pipe pulls from the fitting, the lowest value of the five test results or the manufacturer's rating,
whichever is lower must be used in the design calculations for stress.
(6) Each specimen that fails at the grips must be retested using new pipe.
(7) Results obtained pertain only to the specific outside diameter, and material of the pipe
tested, except that testing of a heavier wall pipe may be used to qualify pipe of the same material but
with a lesser wall thickness.
(c) A copy of each written procedure being used for joining plastic pipe must be available to the
persons making and inspecting joints.
(d) Pipe or fittings manufactured before July 1, 1980, may be used in accordance with
procedures that the manufacturer certifies will produce a joint as strong as the pipe.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-34, 44 FR 42968, July 23, 1979 with Amdt. 192-34 Time Ext., 44 FR 50841, Aug.
30, 1979, Amdt. 192-34 Time Ext., 44 FR 57100, Oct. 4, 1979, Amdt. 192-34A, 45 FR 9931, Feb. 14,
1980, Amdt. 192-34B, 46 FR 39, Jan. 2, 1981, Amdt. 192-34 Correction, 47 FR 32720, July 29, 1982 and
Amdt. 192-34 Correction, 47 FR 49973, Nov. 4, 1982; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993; Amdt.
192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996 with Amdt. 192-78 Correction, 61 FR 30824, June 18, 1996; Amdt.
192-85,63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004 with Amdt. 192-94
Correction, 69 FR 54591, Sept. 9, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 WRITTEN PROCEDURES
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(a) An operator may elect to develop and qualify joining procedures or may follow the joining
procedures qualified by piping or fitting manufacturers. In either instance, the operator is
responsible for ensuring that the joining procedure used is qualified in accordance with the
requirements of §192.283.
(b) When a manufacturer's qualified joining procedure is used, the manufacturer should supply written
procedures, including pictures, demonstrating the appearance of satisfactory joints. Written
procedures for fitting installation are often packaged with each fitting.
(c) Qualified procedures should be in the operator’s installation manuals and may be printed on wallet
or shirt pocket cards, or made available by other means.

DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART G
SUBPART G
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
FOR TRANSMISSION LINES AND MAINS
§192.301
Scope.
This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for constructing transmission lines and mains.
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.303
Compliance with specifications or standards.
Each transmission line or main must be constructed in accordance with comprehensive written
specifications or standards that are consistent with this part.
GUIDE MATERIAL

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
§192.305
Inspection: General.
Each transmission line or main must be inspected to ensure that it is constructed in accordance
with this part.
GUIDE MATERIAL
(a) Each operator should provide inspection by persons qualified by either experience or training. Inspection
should ensure that all work conforms to the operator’s specifications and to applicable federal, state,
and local requirements. The inspector should have the authority to order the repair or the removal and
replacement of any component that fails to meet the above requirements.
(b) The operator should assemble and retain all necessary records.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
§192.307
Inspection of materials.
Each length of pipe and each other component must be visually inspected at the site of
installation to ensure that it has not sustained any visually determinable damage that could impair
its serviceability.
GUIDE MATERIAL
(a) Pipe and other components used in the construction of transmission lines and mains may be exposed
to possible damage during the handling and transportation required to reach the installation location.
Those performing the visual inspection at the installation site should be alert for such damage. Also,
care should be exercised to prevent handling damage during installation.
(b) Field inspections for gouged or grooved pipe should be performed just ahead of the coating operation
and during the lowering-in and backfill operations.
(c) Inspection should be made to determine that the coating machine does not cause harmful gouges or
grooves.
(d) Lacerations of the protective coating should be carefully examined prior to the repair of the coating to
see if the pipe surface has been damaged.
(e) All repairs, replacements, or changes should be inspected before they are covered.
(f) Since plastic piping and other components are susceptible to mishandling damage, special attention
should be given during the installation site inspection to detect cuts, gouges, scratches, kinks, and
similar imperfections.
§192.309
Repair of steel pipe.
(a) Each imperfection or damage that impairs the serviceability of a length of steel pipe must be
repaired or removed. If a repair is made by grinding, the remaining wall thickness must at least be
equal to either:
(1) The minimum thickness required by the tolerances in the specification to which the pipe
was manufactured; or
(2) The nominal wall thickness required for the design pressure of the pipeline.
(b) Each of the following dents must be removed from steel pipe to be operated at a pressure
that produces a hoop stress of 20 percent, or more, of SMYS, unless the dent is repaired by a
method that reliable engineering tests and analyses show can permanently restore the serviceability
of the pipe:
(1) A dent that contains a stress concentrator such as a scratch, gouge, groove, or arc
burn.
(2) A dent that affects the longitudinal weld or a circumferential weld.
(3) In pipe to be operated at a pressure that produces a hoop stress of 40 percent or more
of SMYS, a dent that has a depth of --
110
3.4 Consolidation.
If trench flooding is used to consolidate the backfill, care should be taken to see that the pipe is not
floated from its firm bearing on the trench bottom. Where mains are installed in existing or proposed
roadways or in unstable soil, flooding should be augmented by wheel rolling or mechanical compaction.
Multi-lift mechanical compaction can be used in lieu of flooding.
4 ALTERNATIVE INSTALLATION METHODS
4.1 Horizontal directional drilling.

(a) See Guide Material Appendix G-192-6 for damage prevention considerations while performing
directional drilling or using other trenchless technologies.
(b) See Guide Material Appendix G-192-15A for additional considerations for horizontal directional
drilling to install steel pipelines.
§192.321
Installation of plastic pipe.
(a) Plastic pipe must be installed below ground level except as provided by paragraphs (g) and
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(h) of this section.

(b) Plastic pipe that is installed in a vault or any other below grade enclosure must be
completely encased in gas-tight metal pipe and fittings that are adequately protected from corrosion.
(c) Plastic pipe must be installed so as to minimize shear or tensile stresses.
(d) Thermoplastic pipe that is not encased must have a minimum wall thickness of 0.090 inch
(2.29 millimeters), except that pipe with an outside diameter of 0.875 inch (22.3 millimeters) or less
may have a minimum wall thickness of 0.062 inch (1.58 millimeters).
(e) Plastic pipe that is not encased must have an electrically conducting wire or other means of
locating the pipe while it is underground. Tracer wire may not be wrapped around the pipe and
contact with the pipe must be minimized but is not prohibited. Tracer wire or other metallic elements
installed for pipe locating purposes must be resistant to corrosion damage, either by use of coated
copper wire or by other means.
(f) Plastic pipe that is being encased must be inserted into the casing pipe in a manner that will
protect the plastic. The leading end of the plastic must be closed before insertion.
(g) Uncased plastic pipe may be temporarily installed above ground level under the following
conditions:
(1) The operator must be able to demonstrate that the cumulative aboveground exposure of
the pipe does not exceed the manufacturer's recommended maximum period of exposure or 2 years,
whichever is less.
(2) The pipe either is located where damage by external forces is unlikely or is otherwise
protected against such damage.
(3) The pipe adequately resists exposure to ultraviolet light and high and low temperatures.
(h) Plastic pipe may be installed on bridges provided that it is:
(1) Installed with protection from mechanical damage, such as installation in a metallic
casing;
(2) Protected from ultraviolet radiation; and
(3) Not allowed to exceed the pipe temperature limits specified in §192.123.
[Amdt. 192-78, 61 FR 28770, June 6, 1996 with Amdt. 192-78 Correction, 61 FR 30824, June 18, 1996;
Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003; Amdt. 192-94,
69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004]

GUIDE MATERIAL
1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
1.1 Handling.
Care should be taken to avoid rough handling of plastic pipe. It should not be dropped or have other
objects dropped upon it, nor should it be pushed or pulled over sharp projections. Caution should be
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
taken to prevent kinking or buckling. Any kinks or buckles that occur should be cut out as a cylinder.
1.2 Considerations to minimize damage by outside forces.

1.3 Other.
(a) Plastic materials vary in their ability to resist damage from fire, heat, and chemicals. Care should be
exercised at all times to protect the pipe from these hazards.
(b) Plastic pipe should be adequately supported during storage. Thermoplastic pipe and fittings should
be protected from long-term exposure to direct sunlight. (See 2 of the guide material under
§192.59.)
2 DIRECT BURIAL OF PLASTIC PIPE
2.1 Contraction.
The piping should be installed with sufficient slack to provide for possible contraction. Under high
temperature conditions, cooling may be necessary before the last connection is made. See 3.5(c)(3) of
the guide material under §192.281.
2.2 Installation stress.

When long sections of piping that have been assembled alongside the ditch are lowered-in, care should
be taken to avoid any strains that may overstress or buckle the piping, or impose excessive stress on
the joints.
2.3 Backfilling.
(a) General. Blocking should not be used to support plastic pipe. Plastic pipe should be laid on
undisturbed soil, well-compacted soil, well-tamped soil, or other continuous support. If plastic pipe
is to be laid in soils that may damage it, the pipe should be protected by suitable rock-free
materials.
(b) Backfill material. Backfilling should be performed in a manner to provide firm support around the
piping. The material used for backfilling should be free of large rocks, pieces of pavement, or any
other materials that might damage the pipe.
(c) Consolidation. If trench flooding is used to consolidate the backfill, care should be taken to see that
the piping is not floated from its firm bearing on the trench bottom. Where mains and service lines
are installed in existing or proposed roadways or in unstable soil, flooding should be augmented by
wheel rolling or mechanical compaction. Multi-lift mechanical compaction can be used in lieu of
flooding. Care should be taken when using mechanical compaction not to cause excessive ovality
of the plastic pipe.
2.4 Means of locating.

(a) Tracer wire.
(1) A bare or coated corrosion-resistant metal wire may be buried along the plastic pipe. Wire size
#12 or #14 AWG is commonly installed.
(2) Tracer wire may be installed physically separated from, or immediately adjacent to, the plastic
pipe. Separation may lead to difficulty in accurately locating the plastic pipe. In determining
placement of tracer wire relative to plastic pipe, the operator should consider the relative
importance of locating the pipe versus potential pipe damage from a current surge through the
tracer wire. Lightning strikes are a source of current surges.
118Licensee=BP International/5928366101
(3) Tracer wire should not be wrapped around plastic pipe. It may be taped to the outside of the
plastic pipe, especially for installation by boring or plowing-in, or placed loosely in the trench
directly adjacent to the pipe.
(4) A separation of 2" to 6" between plastic pipe and tracer wire is commonly used where current
surges, such as from lightning, have been experienced or can be expected.
(5) Leads from tracer wire into curb boxes and valve boxes and on outside service risers can be
used for direct connection of locating instruments. Consideration should be given to ensuring
that no bare tracer wire is exposed such that a lightning strike could cause a current surge
through the wire.
(6) Splicing of tracer wire, if necessary, should be done in a manner to produce an electrically and
mechanically sound joint that will not loosen or separate under conditions to which it may be
subjected such as backfilling operations and freeze-thaw cycles.
(7) Where the tracer wire is electrically connected to metallic structures (e.g., steel or cast iron
pipe) for reasons such as expanded locating capabilities or cathodic protection, consideration
should be given to the effects of electrical current surges on the ability to locate the plastic pipe
or the increased potential for damage.
(8) Additional information may be obtained from AGA XR0104, ”Plastic Pipe Manual for Gas
Service.”
(b) Metallic tape. A metallic coated or corrosion-resistant metallic tape may be installed along with the
plastic pipe. Care should be taken so that the tape is not torn or separated during backfilling
operations. Metallic locating tape normally has no accessible leads for connecting locating
equipment, making it necessary to use a passive or induced current locating device.
(c) Mapping. Accurate mapping of plastic pipe with dimensions referenced to permanent landmarks
such as lot lines or street centerlines is an acceptable method of locating plastic pipe.
(d) Passive devices. Tuned coils or other passive devices may be buried at strategic points along a
plastic pipeline. These devices can be located from above ground by means of an associated
locating instrument.
2.5 Warning tape.

A highly visible warning tape may be used in addition to one of the means for locating the pipe. Such
tapes are usually yellow with a legend such as "Warning: Buried Gas Pipeline." Warning tapes are
generally installed approximately 12" directly above the plastic pipe so that it will be struck first by
someone digging in the vicinity.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
3 PLASTIC PIPE INSERTED IN A CASING OR IN AN ABANDONED PIPELINE
3.1 General.
(a) The casing or abandoned pipeline should be prepared to the extent necessary to remove any
sharp edges, projections, dust, welding slag, or abrasive material which could damage the plastic
during or after insertion.
(b) A support sleeve or plug should be used to prevent the plastic pipe from bearing on the end of the
casing or abandoned pipeline.
(c) Maps or other records should indicate plastic pipe that is inserted in a casing or an abandoned
pipeline.
3.2 Special considerations.

(a) That portion of the plastic pipe which spans disturbed earth should be protected by bridging, by
compaction of the soil under the plastic pipe, or by other means to prevent the settling of the backfill
from shearing the plastic pipe.
(b) The portion of the plastic pipe exposed due to the removal of a section of casing pipe or
abandoned pipeline should have sufficient strength or be protected with bridging or other means,
so as to withstand the anticipated external soil loadings.
(c) Protective sleeve installations that are designed to mitigate the stresses imposed onto the plastic
pipe in the transition area should be considered if undue stresses are anticipated, or if
recommended by the manufacturer. The installation of protective sleeves, in addition to providing
adequate backfill and compaction around the transition area, reduces excessive bending and shear
stresses. For protective sleeves, see guide material under 192.367.
Addendum No. 1, September 2004 119Licensee=BP International/5928366101
(d) Cased plastic pipe can contract due to cold gas or low ambient temperature. See 3.5(c)(3) of the
guide material under §192.281.
(e) Where a gas leak migrating through the annular space between the plastic pipe and the casing or
abandoned pipeline could result in a hazardous condition, consideration should be given to
plugging the annular space at one or both ends. Plugs may also be provided at intermediate points
such as where the casing or abandoned pipeline is cut to permit the installation of a service tee or a
lateral main. Care should be used in the selection of the plugging material to avoid damage to the
plastic pipe. Both urethane foam and grout have been found to be effective for this purpose.
(f) If water that has accumulated between the casing or abandoned pipeline and the carrier pipe
freezes, the carrier pipe can be constricted (affecting the capacity) or damaged causing a leak. One
or more of the following steps can be taken to minimize this possibility.
(1) Sizing the pipe so that the formation of ice between the carrier and the casing or abandoned
pipeline will not constrict the carrier pipe to the extent that service is affected.
(2) Providing for drainage at the lower points in the casing or abandoned pipeline.
(3) Inserting a filler such as a closed cell foam material in the annular space.
4 PROVISIONS FOR BENDS
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
4.1 General considerations.
The bends should be free of buckles, cracks, or other evidence of damage.
4.2 Bending radius.

Plastic pipe may not be deflected to a radius smaller than the minimum recommended by the
manufacturer for the kind, type, grade, wall thickness, and diameter of the particular plastic pipe used.
5 SQUEEZE-OFF AND REOPENING THERMOPLASTIC PIPE FOR PRESSURE CONTROL

PURPOSES
5.1 Preliminary investigation.

Before thermoplastic pipe is squeezed-off and reopened, investigations and tests should be made to
determine that the particular type, grade, size, and wall thickness of pipe of the same manufacture can
be squeezed-off and reopened without causing failure under the conditions which will prevail at the time
of the squeeze-off and reopening. References for squeeze-off procedures, tools, and precautions are
included in the following.
(a) AGA XR0104, “Plastic Pipe Manual for Gas Service.”
(b) GRI-92/0147.1, “Users' Guide on Squeeze-Off of Polyethylene Gas Pipes."
(c) GRI-94/0205, “Guidelines and Technical Reference on Gas Flow Shut-Off in Polyethylene Pipes
Using Squeeze Tools.”
(d) ASTM F 1041, “Standard Guide for Squeeze-Off of Polyolefin Gas Pressure Pipe and Tubing."
(e) ASTM F 1563, “Standard Specification for Tools to Squeeze-Off Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pipe or
Tubing.”
5.2 Field consideration.

(a) The work should be done utilizing equipment and procedures that have been established and
proven by test to be capable of performing the operation safely and effectively.
(b) Unless it has been determined by investigation and test that squeeze-off and reopening does not
significantly affect the long-term properties of the pipe, the squeezed-off and reopened area of the
pipe should be reinforced in accordance with the guide material under §192.311.
(c) To prevent squeeze-off at the same point, a permanent mark or clamp should be put on the plastic
pipe at the location of the squeeze point.
6 DAMAGE PREVENTION DURING DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
See Guide Material Appendix G-192-6 for damage prevention considerations while performing
directional drilling or using other trenchless technologies.

120Licensee=BP International/5928366101
7 PLASTIC PIPE TEMPORARILY INSTALLED ABOVE GROUND
7.1 Aboveground exposure to sunlight.

Before using plastic pipe above ground, the operator should obtain the recommended maximum
exposure time from the manufacturer and determine the date of manufacture from the Pipe Production
Code marked on the pipe. If the operator cannot accurately document the actual time that pipe was
stored outdoors, the entire time since the date of manufacture should be considered as aboveground
exposure.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
7.2 Protection from external forces.

Means to protect the pipe may include:
(a) Barricades.
(b) Fencing.
(c) Elevation support. To prevent strain on the plastic pipe due to sagging or wind forces, elevation
support should be provided. A reference for determining support spacing is PPI Handbook of
Polyethylene Pipe, chapter titled "Above Ground Applications for Polyethylene Pipe."
(d) Signs and markers.
(e) Physical barriers such as planks or sleeves.
7.3 Temperature exposure.

Aboveground pipe is exposed to greater variations in temperature than pipe installed below ground.
During installation, consideration should be given to pipe elongation and contraction as the temperature
changes during the day or seasonally.
7.4 Valves.
Valves installed in aboveground plastic pipe should be braced or anchored, or the adjacent pipe
stiffened or reinforced, to decrease torque forces being transferred to the pipe during operation of the
valve.
8 PLASTIC PIPE INSTALLED ACROSS BRIDGES
§192.323
Casing.
Each casing used on a transmission line or main under a railroad or highway must comply with
the following:
(a) The casing must be designed to withstand the superimposed loads.
(b) If there is a possibility of water entering the casing, the ends must be sealed.
(c) If the ends of an unvented casing are sealed and the sealing is strong enough to retain the
maximum allowable operating pressure of the pipe, the casing must be designed to hold this
pressure at a stress level of not more than 72 percent of SMYS.
(d) If vents are installed on a casing, the vents must be protected from the weather to prevent
water from entering the casing.
GUIDE MATERIAL
(a) Where plastic piping must be cased or bridged, suitable precautions should be taken to prevent
crushing or shearing the piping. See guide material under §192.321.
(b) A reference for the design, installation, maintenance, repair, and monitoring of steel-cased pipelines is
NACE RP0200, “Steel-Cased Pipeline Practices.”

Addendum No. 6, September 2006 121Licensee=BP International/5928366101
§192.325
Underground clearance.
(a) Each transmission line must be installed with at least 12 inches (305 millimeters) of
clearance from any other underground structure not associated with the transmission line. If this
clearance cannot be attained, the transmission line must be protected from damage that might result
from the proximity of the other structure.
(b) Each main must be installed with enough clearance from any other underground structure
to allow proper maintenance and to protect against damage that might result from proximity to other
structures.
(c) In addition to meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, each plastic
transmission line or main must be installed with sufficient clearance, or must be insulated from any
source of heat so as to prevent the heat from impairing the serviceability of the pipe.
(d) Each pipe-type or bottle-type holder must be installed with a minimum clearance from any
other holder as prescribed in §192.175(b).
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
[Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 CLEARANCE
1.1 Transmission lines.

If 12 inches of clearance cannot be maintained, less clearance may be allowed provided:
(a) Adequate measures are undertaken to prevent contact between the pipeline and the underground
structure, such as encasement of the pipeline with concrete, polyethylene or vulcanized elastomer,
or the installation of sand-cement bags, concrete pads or open-cell polyurethane pads in the space
between the pipeline and the underground structure.
(b) Adequate measures are taken to prevent mechanical damage to the pipe and coating of multiple
pipeline bundles installed by directional boring. Adequate measures should be employed to provide
separation between the individual pipelines in the bundle in order to minimize damage to the pipe
and coating. This may be accomplished by employing dielectric spacing devices such as dense
rubber spacers or vulcanized elastomer spacers between the individual pipelines in the bundle.
Refer to §192.461(e).
1.2 Mains.
Sufficient clearance should be maintained between mains and other underground structures to:
(a) Permit installation and operation of maintenance and emergency control devices, such as leak
clamps, pressure control fittings and pinching equipment.
(b) Permit installation of service laterals to both the mains and to other underground structures as
might be required.
(c) Provide heat damage protection from other underground facilities such as steam or electric power
lines, particularly where plastic piping is installed in common trenches with sources of heat.
(d) For additional methods of protection to ensure sufficient clearance, refer to 1.1(a) above.

DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART I
SUBPART I
REQUIREMENTS FOR CORROSION CONTROL
§192.451
Scope.
This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for the protection of metallic pipelines from
external, internal, and atmospheric corrosion.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971; Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt.
192-33, 43 FR 39389, Sept. 5, 1978]
GUIDE MATERIAL

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

§192.452
How does this subpart apply to converted pipelines and
regulated onshore gathering lines?
(a) Converted pipelines. Notwithstanding the date the pipeline was installed or any earlier
deadlines for compliance, each pipeline which qualifies for use under this part in accordance with
§192.14 must meet the requirements of the subpart specifically applicable to pipelines installed
before August 1, 1971, and all other applicable requirements within 1 year after the pipeline is
readied for service. However, the requirements of this subpart specifically applicable to pipelines
installed after July 31, 1971, apply if the pipeline substantially meets those requirements before it is
readied for service or it is a segment that is replaced, relocated or substantially altered.
(b) Regulated onshore gathering lines. For any regulated onshore gathering line under §192.9
existing on April 14, 2006, that was not previously subject to this part, and for any onshore gathering
line that becomes a regulated onshore gathering line under §192.9 after April 14, 2006, because of a
change in class location or increase in dwelling density:
(1) The requirements of this subpart specifically applicable to pipelines installed before
August 1, 1971, apply to the gathering line regardless of the date the pipeline was actually installed;
and
(2) The requirements of this subpart specifically applicable to pipelines installed after July
31, 1971, apply only if the pipeline substantially meets those requirements.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60146, Nov. 25, 1977; Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13289, Mar. 15,2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
The operator should review the corrosion control records or perform field tests and surveys for the pipeline
to be converted to ensure that cathodic protection can be applied to the pipeline to meet the requirements of
Subpart I within 12 months of the conversion. The tests and surveys may include electrical surveys, pipe
examination, coating examination and soil tests. A record of the review or tests and surveys should be
maintained.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 144
§192.453
General.
The corrosion control procedures required by §192.605(b)(2), including those for the design,
installation, operation and maintenance of cathodic protection systems, must be carried out by, or
under the direction of, a person qualified in pipeline corrosion control methods.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971; Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6579, Feb. 11, 1994]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS
Personnel responsible for directing the design, installation, operation, or maintenance of an operator’s
corrosion control systems should have knowledge of and practical experience in the following.
(a) Pipeline coatings.
(b) Cathodic protection systems (galvanic and impressed current).
(c) Stray current interference.
(d) Electrical isolation.
(e) Survey methods and evaluation techniques.
(f) Instruments used.
2 REFERENCE
A reference for the design and installation of cathodic protection systems is NACE RP0169, Sections 7
and 8.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 144(a)

§192.455
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
External corrosion control: Buried or submerged pipelines

installed after July 31, 1971.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (f) of this section, each buried or submerged
pipeline installed after July 31, 1971, must be protected against external corrosion, including the
following:
(1) It must have an external protective coating meeting the requirements of §192.461.
(2) It must have a cathodic protection system designed to protect the pipeline in
accordance with this subpart, installed and placed in operation within 1 year after completion of
construction.
(b) An operator need not comply with paragraph (a) of this section, if the operator can
demonstrate by tests, investigation, or experience in the area of application, including, as a
minimum, soil resistivity measurements and tests for corrosion accelerating bacteria, that a
corrosive environment does not exist. However, within six months after an installation made
pursuant to the preceding sentence, the operator shall conduct tests, including pipe-to-soil potential
measurements with respect to either a continuous reference electrode or an electrode using close
spacing, not to exceed 20 feet (6 meters), and soil resistivity measurements at potential profile peak
locations, to adequately evaluate the potential profile along the entire pipeline. If the tests made
indicate that a corrosive condition exists, the pipeline must be cathodically protected in accordance
with subparagraph (a) (2) of this section.
(c) An operator need not comply with paragraph (a) of this section, if the operator can
demonstrate by tests, investigation, or experience that --
(1) For a copper pipeline, a corrosive environment does not exist; or
(2) For a temporary pipeline with an operating period of service not to exceed five years
beyond installation, corrosion during the five-year period of service of the pipeline will not be
detrimental to public safety.
(d) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (b) or (c) of this section, if a pipeline is
externally coated, it must be cathodically protected in accordance with subparagraph (a) (2) of this
section.
(e) Aluminum may not be installed in a buried or submerged pipeline if that aluminum is
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 144(b)

2 PRACTICALITY OF ELECTRICAL SURVEYS
See 5 of the guide material under §192.457.
3 MONITORING OF CATHODICALLY PROTECTED PIPELINES (§192.465(a))
(a) "Active" corrosion areas. See guide material under §192.457.

For areas of local corrosion protection provided by galvanic anodes at individual locations of
"active" corrosion, the anodes need to provide a level of cathodic protection that complies with
§192.463. Monitoring is mandatory in accordance with §192.465(a).
(b) "Not active" corrosion areas.
For areas of local protection provided by galvanic anodes at individual locations of "not active"
corrosion, the corrosion protection levels are not subject to the requirements of §192.463. Such
"voluntarily installed" anodes need not be monitored in accordance with §192.465(a), but the
pipeline must be reevaluated every three years in accordance with §192.465(e).
4 REMEDIAL ACTION
(a) Common corrosion control methods include coating, cathodic protection, and electrical isolation.
Cathodic protection systems typically use galvanic anodes or impressed current (rectifiers). Other
corrosion control devices may include electrical isolators, interference bonds, diodes, and reverse
current switches.
(b) Remedial action is required whenever it is determined that the cathodic protection or other installed
corrosion control methods are not operating effectively.
(c) The specific remedial action to be taken depends on the type of corrosion control method installed
and the problem encountered. In certain situations, the deficiency can be corrected by modifying
existing corrosion control methods (e.g., increasing output from adjacent rectifiers).
(d) Operators are required to take prompt remedial action to correct deficiencies indicated by
monitoring. Remedial action should correct the deficiency before the next monitoring cycle required
by §192.465. However, for monitoring cycles greater than one year, remedial action should be
completed within 15 months of discovery.
Example: It is discovered that pipe coating has deteriorated and that the existing corrosion control
system is unable to achieve the desired cathodic protection level. The operator should initiate and
document action taken to achieve the acceptable cathodic protection level before the next
monitoring cycle. Remedial action might include the following.
(1) Installing additional cathodic protection,
(2) Recoating the pipe to meet the requirements of §192.461, or
(3) Replacing the pipe.
(e) If remedial action cannot be completed prior to the next scheduled monitoring cycle, the operator
should document the actions taken to correct the deficiency and the expected timeframe for
completion.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

5 MONITORING OF NON-CATHODICALLY PROTECTED PIPELINES (§192.465(e))
Noncathodically protected pipelines are required to be reevaluated at intervals not exceeding three
years to identify areas of "active" corrosion in accordance with §192.465(e). Electrical surveys must be
utilized, except as follows:
(a) Where electrical survey is impractical, the study of failures, leakage history, corrosion, class
location hazard to the public and unusual operating/maintenance conditions may be utilized to
evaluate the need for protection.
(b) Where the pipeline is remotely located or otherwise determined that corrosion caused leaks would
not be a detriment to public safety.
(1) "Active" corrosion areas. See guide material under §192.457.
Non-cathodically protected pipelines in which "active" corrosion is found are required to be
cathodically protected and monitored in accordance with §§192.463 and 192.465(a). See 3
above.
(2) "Non-active" corrosion areas. See guide material under §192.457.
Non-cathodically protected pipelines containing "non-active" corrosion need to be reevaluated
at intervals not exceeding three years in accordance with §192.465(e).
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

§192.467
External corrosion control: Electrical isolation.
(a) Each buried or submerged pipeline must be electrically isolated from other underground
metallic structures, unless the pipeline and the other structures are electrically interconnected and
cathodically protected as a single unit.
(b) One or more insulating devices must be installed where electrical isolation of a portion of a
pipeline is necessary to facilitate the application of corrosion control.
(c) Except for unprotected copper inserted in ferrous pipe, each pipeline must be electrically
isolated from metallic casings that are a part of the underground system. However, if isolation is not
achieved because it is impractical, other measures must be taken to minimize corrosion of the
pipeline inside the casing.
(d) Inspection and electrical tests must be made to assure that electrical isolation is adequate.
(e) An insulating device may not be installed in an area where a combustible atmosphere is
anticipated unless precautions are taken to prevent arcing.
(f) Where a pipeline is located in close proximity to electrical transmission tower footings,
ground cables or counterpoise, or in other areas where fault currents or unusual risk of lightning
may be anticipated, it must be provided with protection against damage due to fault currents or
lightning, and protective measures must also be taken at insulating devices.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971; Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389, Sept. 5, 1978]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 ELECTRICAL ISOLATION (§§192.467(a), (b), and (c))
1.1 Insulating devices. (§§192.467(a) and (b))

Insulating devices may consist of insulating flange assemblies (see guide material under §192.147),
unions or couplings, or fabricated insulating joints. These devices should be properly rated for
temperature, pressure, and dielectric strength. Typical locations where electrical insulating devices
should be considered include the following.
(a) At supporting pipe stanchions, bridge structures, tunnel enclosures, piling, and reinforced concrete
foundations where electrical contact would preclude effective cathodic protection. It may be
necessary to electrically isolate the piping from such a structure, or the piping and structure from
adjacent underground piping.
(b) At metallic curb boxes and valve enclosures. These should be designed, fabricated and installed in
such a manner that electrical isolation from the piping system will be maintained.
(c) Where a pipe enters a building through a metallic wall sleeve and where it is intended to maintain
electrical isolation between the sleeve and the pipe. To accomplish this, insulating spacers should
be used.
(d) At river weights, pipeline anchors, and metallic reinforcement in weight coatings. These should be
electrically isolated from the carrier pipe and installed so that coating damage will not occur.
(e) Points at which facilities change ownership, such as meter stations and well heads.
(f) Connections to main line piping systems such as gathering or distribution system laterals.
(g) Inlet and outlet piping of inline measuring or pressure regulating stations or both.
(h) Compressor or pumping stations, either in the suction and discharge piping or in the main line
immediately upstream and downstream of the station.
(i) In stray current areas.
(j) At the termination of service line connections and entrance piping to prevent electrical continuity
with other metallic systems.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
154(a)
1.2 Casings. (§192.467(c))

(a) New installations.
(1) Spacers and sealing. All new construction of cased metallic pipelines should provide for the
installation of insulating type casing spacers or other suitable means to prevent physical
contact between the carrier pipe and casing. The ends of the casing may be sealed with a
non-conductive sealing method to prevent mud, silt, and water from entering the annular space
between the casing and the carrier pipe. It may be necessary to fill this annular space with a
non-conductive type casing filler to ensure continued isolation in those installations where end
seals alone may not be sufficient to resist the entrance of water.
(2) Joining. Lengths of casing should be joined by a full weld, or other type of joint that will provide
an adequate seal against water entrance. Any holes in the casing should be closed by welding,
or otherwise sealed.
(3) Insertion. Care should be taken during installation to reduce the possibility of electrical shorts.
The carrier pipe should be as straight as practical. The internal diameter of the casing should
be adequate to ensure physical clearance from the carrier pipe. The carrier pipe should be
carefully inspected and all coating damage repaired. Care should be taken during insertion of
the carrier pipe. To prevent damage to the coating and spacer, the casing should be clear of
any mud, water, or debris prior to insertion of the carrier pipe. When existing buried pipe is
being used as
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

GUIDE MATERIAL
(a) Devices that can be used to monitor internal corrosion or the effectiveness of corrosion mitigation
measures include hydrogen probes, corrosion probes, corrosion coupons, test spools, and
nondestructive testing equipment capable of indicating loss in wall thickness.
(b) Consideration should be given to the site selection and the type of access station used to expose the
device to on-stream monitoring. It is desirable to incorporate a retractable feature in the monitoring
station to avoid facility shutdowns during periodic inspections, such as weight loss measurements, and
for on-stream pigging of the facility.
(c) A written procedure should be established to determine that the monitoring device is operating properly.
(d) See guide material under §192.475 if internal corrosion is discovered or is not under mitigation.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
§192.479
Atmospheric corrosion control: General.
(a) Each operator must clean and coat each pipeline or portion of pipeline that is exposed to
the atmosphere, except pipelines under paragraph (c) of this section.
(b) Coating material must be suitable for the prevention of atmospheric corrosion.
(c) Except portions of pipelines in offshore splash zones or soil-to-air interfaces, the operator
need not protect from atmospheric corrosion any pipeline for which the operator demonstrates by
test, investigation, or experience appropriate to the environment of the pipeline that corrosion will--
(1) Only be a light surface oxide; or
(2) Not affect the safe operation of the pipeline before the next scheduled inspection.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971; Amdt. 192-33, 43 FR 39389, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt.
192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 GENERAL
(a) The need for coating can be determined by experience in the same or essentially identical
environment.
(b) The degree of surface preparation, the selection of the coating materials, and the application
procedures must be selected to achieve the desired coating system life span. A reference is the
SSPC Painting Manual ("Good Painting Practice" - Volume 1; and "Systems and Specifications" -
Volume 2), which is published by the Steel Structures Painting Council.
(c) See guide material under §192.481 for determining areas of atmospheric corrosion.
2 EXPOSED PIPING AND RELATED FACILITIES
The following methods should be considered for exposed piping and related facilities.
(a) Use of coating. See 1 above.
(b) Selection of corrosion resistant materials.
(c) Avoidance of areas where prevailing winds or other conditions will deposit corrosive materials
(such as salt, moisture, or industrial effluent). Protection in these areas can be provided by
selecting a more appropriate meter and regulator location or by using a protective housing.

(d) Use of materials or coatings or both suitable for the environment may be required for facilities
installed in pits, vaults, or casings and that may be periodically submerged or exposed to excessive
condensation.
(e) Protection of regulator vent lines from plugging by corrosion products. Where practical, the vent line
should be installed in a self-drain position and, where necessary, extended above possible flood
level.
(f) Use of material for vent tubing that is compatible with the environment encountered. For example,
some kinds of plastic tubing should not be exposed to direct sunlight, and certain aluminum alloys
should not be submerged or placed in contact with concrete.
§192.481
Atmospheric corrosion control: Monitoring.
(a) Each operator must inspect each pipeline or portion of pipeline that is exposed to the
atmosphere for evidence of atmospheric corrosion, as follows:
If the pipeline is located: Then the frequency of inspection is:
Onshore ................................ At least once every 3 calendar

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
years, but with intervals not

exceeding 39 months
Offshore ................................ At least once each calendar year,

but with intervals not exceeding
15 months
(b) During inspections the operator must give particular attention to pipe at soil-to-air
interfaces, under thermal insulation, under disbonded coatings, at pipe supports, in splash zones, at
deck penetrations, and in spans over water.
(c) If atmospheric corrosion is found during an inspection, the operator must provide
protection against the corrosion as required by §192.479.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-4, 36 FR 12297, June 30, 1971; Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976; Amdt.
192-33, 43 FR 39389, Sept. 5, 1978; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003]
GUIDE MATERIAL
DETERMINING AREAS OF ATMOSPHERIC CORROSION
(a) The presence of atmospheric corrosion can be detected best by visual inspection.
(1) This may require ladders, scaffolds, hoists, or other suitable means of permitting inspector
access to the structure being inspected. In addition to the locations listed in §192.481(b),
attention should be given to locations such as clamps, rest plates, and sleeved openings.
(2) Piping that is thermally or acoustically insulated (jacketed) should be inspected wherever
practical. To minimize damage to the insulation, a visual inspection of the pipe may be
performed by cutting windows into the insulation.
Addendum No. 4, January 2006 162

DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART J
2.3 Tests in excess of 90 percent SMYS.

When the test pressure will produce a hoop stress in excess of 90 percent of SMYS, the following
additional precautions may be considered to minimize the risk to occupants of buildings in close
proximity to the pipeline.
(a) Using pre-tested pipe.
(b) Pre-testing the segment.
(c) Using energy absorbing devices (such as sandbag barriers, backfill, piling and walls).
3 HAZARDS ASSOCIATED WITH FILLING AND DEWATERING PIPELINES FOR HYDROSTATIC

TESTING
(a) During the filling and dewatering processes, significant and sudden variations in pressure may
occur within the pipeline and the temporary filling and dewatering piping. These variations can be
caused by changes in velocity of the pig passing through bends in the pipeline or of the pig and
water due to changes in pipeline elevation. Compressed air escaping around a pig can also create
a source for stored energy within the pipeline. The release of this stored energy, as well as surges
transferred from the pipeline to the temporary filling and dewatering piping, can result in pipe
movement.
(b) When conducting a hydrostatic test, the following should be considered when filling and dewatering
pipelines.
(1) Prepare a detailed test plan that includes the required equipment, test duration, and test
pressure.
(2) Conduct training for the individuals involved with the test that includes a review of the test and
dewatering plan, instructions on the filling/dewatering system installation and techniques, and
proper coupling and anchoring methods.
(3) Perform an engineering analysis of the existing and temporary piping systems to identify the
forces that could adversely affect the integrity of the pipeline or the stability of the drainage
components, such as excessive or variable pressures caused by a stuck pig or leaks.
(4) Develop installation techniques, including effective anchoring systems, that address expected
forces to be experienced during the test, and ensure that they are implemented during filling
and dewatering operations.
(5) Inspect temporary pipe, couplings, and fittings to ensure they are in good condition and rated
for the pressure and temperature conditions specified for the test.
(6) Ensure that anchoring and support systems are installed in accordance with the plan.
(7) Control access to the area around the test site by establishing a limited-access zone to keep
out persons not involved with the test.
(c) See OPS Advisory Bulletin ADB-04-01 (69 FR 58225, Sept. 29, 2004) for additional background
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
information on this subject (accessible via Federal Register (FR) at

www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/advanced.html).
4 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
Each operator, in fulfilling the local, state, and federal environmental regulations with respect to the
disposal of the test medium, should, among other things, give consideration to the following.
(a) Selecting water from satisfactory sources.
(b) Mitigating erosion and flooding of the area where the water is being discharged.
(c) Using filters, impoundment facilities or other appropriate methods to ensure that the atmosphere
and the surface waters are not unnecessarily contaminated by the products being discharged.
(d) Using silencers, during the blowdown operation, where sound might be generated which is
objectionable to area residents.
(e) Scheduling and locating the blowdown to minimize public objection to the noise generated.

DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART J
§192.517
Records.
(a) Each operator shall make, and retain for the useful life of the pipeline, a record of each test
performed under §§192.505 and 192.507. The record must contain at least the following information:
(1) The operator's name, the name of the operator's employee responsible for making the
test, and the name of any test company used.
(2) Test medium used.
(3) Test pressure.
(4) Test duration.
(5) Pressure recording charts, or other record of pressure readings.
(6) Elevation variations, whenever significant for the particular test.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(7) Leaks and failures noted and their disposition.

(b) Each operator must maintain a record of each test required by §§192.509, 192.511, and
192.513 for at least 5 years.
[Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003]
GUIDE MATERIAL
(a) For tests conducted under §§192.509, 192.511, or 192.513, records are required to show that the
tests have been conducted. The date, location of the test, and the test pressure applied may be
sufficient documentation. Additional information may be included at the discretion of the operator.
(b) For segments of steel service line stressed to 20 percent or more of SMYS (§192.511(c)), records
are required to document testing in accordance with §192.507.

DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART K
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(B) Ductile iron fittings were cast from grade (70-50-05) ductile iron and conform to the
requirements of ANSI A21.14-1989.
(2) Useful references for performing the analysis include the following.
(i) For cast iron pipe, the design formulas in AWWA C101-67 (withdrawn 1982) and for
ductile iron pipe, AWWA C150/A21.50-81 (R86).
(ii) For wall thickness determination of cast iron pipe, the standard thickness listed in tables
1-3 and 1-7 of AWWA C101-67.
(iii) For wall thickness determination of ductile iron pipe, the standard thickness listed in table
50.5 of AWWA C150/A21.50-81.
(c) A review of leakage, corrosion, operating pressure and maintenance history to ascertain the
present condition of facilities.
(d) An analysis of the effect of the ultimate separation and uprating on adjoining facilities.
1.2 Additional consideration.

(a) An analysis should be made to confirm that the proposed MAOP is in accordance with the
requirements as set forth in §192.553(d).
(b) For cast iron pipe, see Guide Material Appendix G-192-18.
2 WORK PRELIMINARY TO UPRATING
2.1 Leakage survey.

A leakage survey may be required by §192.557(b)(2). Types of leakage surveys are described in Guide
Material Appendix G-192-11 (Natural Gas) and Guide Material Appendix G-192-11A (Petroleum Gas).
2.2 Changes to the system.

Repairs, replacements, or other alterations necessary for the safe operation of both the system to be
uprated and the existing system should include the following.
(a) Installation of anchors or joint reinforcement as required in §192.557(b)(4).
(b) Renewal of gas service lines where warranted.
(c) Installation of service line shutoff valves where required and in accordance with §§192.363 and
192.365.
(d) Installation of service regulators where required and in accordance with §§192.197, 192.353,
192.355 and 192.357.
(e) Consideration of the adequacy of existing service regulators and their characteristics with present
orifice sizing at the proposed pressure levels.
2.3 Monitoring.
Provision should be made for monitoring field pressures prior to and during uprating to ensure the
integrity of both the system to be uprated and the adjacent systems that might be affected by the
uprating.
2.4 Interface.
The necessary field work should be performed to provide positive control to avoid overpressuring the
sections of the systems that are not being uprated. Control procedures may involve actual physical
separation of sections, installation of regulator equipment that is properly operated and set to control at
the proper pressure, or other effective means of separation.
2.5 Customer notification.

Customers should be notified of planned interruptions of gas service.
3 INCREASING PRESSURE
3.1 Communications.
Lines of communication should be established between all control points.
183
DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART K
3.2 Isolation.
The system should be isolated from all lower pressure systems.
3.3 Pressure regulation.

The valve to each service regulator should be closed or the operation of each service regulator should
be monitored as the pressure in the main is increased.
3.4 Pressure increments.

See §192.557(c).
3.5 Leak check.

See §192.553(a)(1).
3.6 Leak repairs.

See §192.553(a)(2).
3.7 Monitoring.
The pressure in adjacent facilities should be monitored during the uprating procedure to establish:
(a) That no connection is acting as a source of unregulated gas from the higher pressure segment to
the lower pressure system; and
(b) The adequacy of the remaining lower pressure system at points of separation and other locations.
3.8 Final leak survey.

After the uprating is completed, a final leak survey should be made to confirm the integrity of the
facilities. Necessary leak repairs should be made.
4 RECORDS
The records of investigations, the work, and the testing should be forwarded to the proper department
for retention for the life of the facility.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART L
1.4 Assuring the availability of personnel, equipment, tools, and materials.

Arrangements made to assure the availability of personnel, equipment, tools, and materials that may be
needed (in accordance with the type of emergency) should be described. These arrangements should
include the assignment of responsibilities for coordinating, directing and performing emergency
functions, including the following.
(a) Responsibility for overall coordination (which may be at the local headquarters or at the operating
executive level, depending on the scope of the emergency).
(b) Responsibility for execution of emergency operations (based on the scope of the emergency).
(c) Determination of departmental functions or services during an emergency, including determination
of individual job assignments required to implement the plan.
(d) Determination of coordination required between departments including provision for bypassing
normal chain of command as necessitated by the emergency.
(e) Determination of coordination required to implement mutual aid agreements.
(f) Responsibility for providing accurate information and cooperation with the news media.
1.5 Controlling emergency situations.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Actions that may be initiated by the first employee arriving at the scene in order to protect people and
property should be described. These actions may include the following.
(a) Determining the scope of the emergency.
(b) Evacuating and preventing access to premises that are or may be affected.
(c) Preventing accidental ignition.
(d) Reporting to the appropriate supervisor on the situation, and requesting further instructions or
assistance if needed.
1.6 Emergency shutdown and pressure reduction.

(a) Provisions for shutdown or pressure reduction in the pipeline system as may be necessary to
minimize hazards should be described. The plans should include the following.
(1) Circumstances under which available shutdown, pressure reduction, or system isolation
methods are applicable. Considerations should include access to and operability of valves
located in areas prone to high water or flooding conditions.
(2) Circumstances under which natural gas might be allowed to safely escape to atmosphere (i.e.,
vent) until shutdown or repair.
(i) Some possible reasons for using this alternative are as follows.
(A) Curtailment will affect critical customers (e.g., hospitals).
(B) Curtailment will affect large numbers of customers during adverse weather
conditions.
(C) Line break or leak is remotely located and does not cause a hazard to the public or
property.
(ii) Some factors to consider are as follows.
(A) Sources of ignition.
(B) Leak or damage location (rural vs. urban).
(C) Proximity to buildings and other structures.
(D) Ability to make and keep the area safe while gas vents.
(E) Ability to coordinate with other emergency responders and public officials.
(3) Lists or maps of valve locations, regulator locations, compressor schematics and blowdown
locations.
(4) Maps or other records to identify sections of the system that will be affected by the operation
of each valve or other permanent shutdown device.
(5) Provision for positive identification of critical valves and other permanent facilities required for
shutdown. See 3.2 of the guide material under §192.605.
(6) Instructions for operating station blowdown and isolation systems for each compressor station.
(7) Provisions for notifying affected customers.
(8) Provisions for confirming that the shutdown or pressure reduction was effective.
(b) Distribution system plans should include consideration of the potential hazards associated with an
outage and the need to minimize the extent of an outage and to expedite service restoration. In
addition to the use of any existing emergency valves within a distribution system, consideration
207 Licensee=BP International/5928366101
should also be given to other methods of stopping gas flow (such as injecting viscous materials or
polyurethane foam through drip risers or any other available connections to the main, or through
the use of squeezing or bagging-off techniques).
1.7 Making safe any actual or potential hazard.

Provisions should be described for identifying, locating, and making safe any actual or potential hazard.
These may include the following.
(a) Controlling pedestrian and vehicular traffic in the area.
(b) Eliminating potential sources of ignition.
(c) Controlling the flow of leaking gas and its migration. See Guide Material Appendices G-192-11 for
natural gas systems and G-192-11A for petroleum gas systems.
(d) Ventilating affected premises.
(e) Venting the area of the leak by removing manhole covers, barholing, installing vent holes, or other
means.
(f) Determining the full extent of the hazardous area, including the discovery of gas migration and
secondary damage such as the following.
(1) Deformation of a gas service line indicating that the service line might be separated
underground near a foundation wall or at an inside meter set assembly.
(2) Multiple underground leaks that may have occurred, allowing gas to migrate into adjacent
buildings.
(3) Potential pipe separation and gas release at unseen underground locations that may result in
gas entering adjacent buildings, or following or entering other underground structures
connected to buildings.
(g) Monitoring for a change in the extent of the hazardous area.
(h) Determining whether there are utilities whose proximity to the pipeline may affect the response.
(1) Visually identify the presence of electric and other utilities surrounding the pipeline facility.
(2) Evaluate the potential risk associated with the continued operation of the surrounding utilities.
(3) Use the ICS to contact the owner of the surrounding utilities, as necessary, to implement a
more effective and coordinated emergency response.
(i) Coordinating with fire, police, and other public officials the actions to be taken.
(j) Maintaining ongoing communication with fire, police, and other public officials as events unfold to
ensure that information pertinent to emergency response is shared in a timely manner.
1.8 Restoration of service.

Planning for the safe restoration of service to all facilities affected by the emergency, after proper
corrective measures have been taken, should include consideration of the following.
(a) Provisions for safe restoration of service should include the following.
(1) Turn-off and turn-on of service to customers, including strict control of turn-off and turn-on
orders to assure safety in operation.
(2) Purging and repressuring of pipeline facilities.
(3) Resurvey of the area involved in a leak incident to locate any additional leaks.
(b) Execution of the repair and restoration of service functions will necessitate prior planning such as
the following.
(1) Sectionalizing to reduce extent of outages and to expedite turn-on following a major outage.
(2) Lists and maps for valve locations, regulator locations, and blowoff or purge locations.
(3) Provisions for positive identification of valves and regulator facilities. See 3.2 of the guide
material under §192.605.
(4) Equipment checklist for repair crews.
(5) Instructions for operating station blowdown and isolation systems for each compressor station.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(6) Emergency supply connections with other gas companies and procedures for making use of
such connections.
(7) List of contractors, other utilities, and municipalities that have agreed to provide equipment
and workmen to assist with repair and service restoration. Procedures for securing and
utilizing this manpower and equipment should be described.

(6) An incident in a highly populated area.
(b) The types of emergencies that might require notification to gas system operators by public officials
include the following.
(1) Report of gas odor.
(2) Damage to gas facilities.
(3) Operation of a gas system valve by non-operator personnel.
(4) Report of a gas outage.
3.4 Plan with public officials and operators of facilities in the vicinity of the pipeline for mutual assistance.
(a) Operator personnel should establish and maintain liaison with appropriate fire, police, and other
public officials and operators of facilities in the vicinity of the pipeline to plan how to engage in
mutual assistance to minimize hazards to life and property. This planning should include how to
work together effectively in an Incident Command System. Consideration should be given to
various situations including the following.
(1) Situations where the operator has reason to believe a hazard may exist and where other
emergency personnel, such as fire and police, may be able to respond more quickly than
operator personnel. Police and fire department personnel should take action toward protecting
the public by means of evacuation and building ventilation where needed, pending the arrival
of operator personnel.
(2) Situations that involve the evacuation of buildings and properties.
(i) Advise police and fire departments that operator personnel may need to conduct leak
investigations inside buildings and on properties within the area of the emergency.
(ii) The operator, police department, and fire department should plan for access to
evacuated buildings and properties. The plan should include provisions to instruct
personnel in charge of evacuated buildings and properties to provide a means of access
when required.
(3) Situations where the operation of electric or other utilities located in the vicinity of the pipeline
may provide sources of ignition for the gas released, may increase burning time or intensity of
fires that have already started, or may delay responders who are attempting to make the
situation safe.
(4) Means of ensuring that communication is ongoing during the emergency response so that
pertinent information is shared in a timely manner.
(b) The gas characteristics and properties, such as pressure, specific gravity, gas odor, and
flammability limits, should be provided to emergency response officials. The implications of these
characteristics and properties on emergency response decisions should be thoroughly discussed.
In discussions with emergency response officials, the operator should emphasize the following.
(1) The importance of this information to outside emergency response personnel arriving before
the operator's personnel.
(2) The use of this information in making decisions, such as areas to be evacuated, traffic
rerouting, and control of ignition sources.
(3) The importance of gas detectors in properly responding to an incident.
§192.616
Public awareness.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(a) Each pipeline operator must develop and implement a written continuing public education
program that follows the guidance provided in the American Petroleum Institute’s (API)
Recommended Practice (RP) 1162 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
(b) The operator’s program must follow the general program recommendations of API RP 1162
and assess the unique attributes and characteristics of the operator’s pipeline and facilities.
(c) The operator must follow the general program recommendations, including baseline and
supplemental requirements of API RP 1162, unless the operator provides justification in its program
or procedural manual as to why compliance with all or certain provisions of the recommended
practice is not practicable and not necessary for safety.

211 Licensee=BP International/5928366101
(d) The operator’s program must specifically include provisions to educate the public,
appropriate government organizations, and persons engaged in excavation related activities on:
(1) Use of a one-call notification system prior to excavation and other damage prevention
activities;
(2) Possible hazards associated with unintended releases from a gas pipeline facility;
(3) Physical indications that such a release may have occurred;
(4) Steps that should be taken for public safety in the event of a gas pipeline release; and
(5) Procedures for reporting such an event.
(e) The program must include activities to advise affected municipalities, school districts,
businesses, and residents of pipeline facility locations.
(f) The program and the media used must be as comprehensive as necessary to reach all areas
in which the operator transports gas.
(g) The program must be conducted in English and in other languages commonly understood
by a significant number and concentration of the non-English speaking population in the operator’s
area.
(h) Operators in existence on June 20, 2005, must have completed their written programs no
later than June 20, 2006. As an exception, operators of small propane distribution systems having
less than 25 customers and master meter operators having less than 25 customers must have
completed development and documentation of their programs no later than June 20, 2007. Upon
request, operators must submit their completed programs to PHMSA or, in the case of an intrastate
pipeline facility operator, the appropriate State agency.
(i) The operator’s program documentation and evaluation results must be available for periodic
review by appropriate regulatory agencies.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-71, 59 FR 6579, Feb. 11, 1994; Amdt. 192-99, 70 FR 28833, May 19, 2005 with
Amdt. 192-99 Correction, 70 FR 35041, June 16, 2005; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 GENERAL
The educational program called for under this section should be tailored to the type of pipeline
operation and the environment traversed by the pipeline and should be conducted in each language
that is significant in the community or area. Operators should communicate their programs to
consumers, the general public including non-consumers, appropriate government officials, operators of
facilities in the vicinity of the pipeline (e.g., telephone, electric, gas, cable, water, sewer and
railroads), and excavators in their area. See 2.3 and 2.4 of the guide material under §192.614 for other
related information.
Operators of transmission systems should communicate their programs to residences and businesses
along their pipeline rights-of-way, with a request that landlords and employers provide the information to
their tenants and employees. The extent of program coverage may vary depending on the location of
the transmission pipeline with respect to occupants of residences and businesses. In determining the
scope of the operator’s communication, the likelihood that the occupant would be able to recognize a
pipeline emergency on the rights-of-way should be considered. Distance, terrain, other homes, or
buildings between the occupant and the pipeline are factors that influence the ability to recognize a
pipeline emergency. The programs and media used should be as comprehensive as necessary to
reach all areas through which the operator transports gas. The programs of operators in the same area
should be coordinated to properly direct reports of emergencies and to avoid inconsistencies.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

3 INCIDENT DATA COLLECTION
When a detailed analysis is to be made, a person at the scene of the incident should be designated to
coordinate the investigation. That person's responsibilities should include the following.
(a) Acting as a coordinator for all field investigative personnel.
(b) Maintaining a log of the personnel, equipment, and witnesses.
(c) Recording in chronological order the events as they take place.
(d) Ensuring that photographs are taken of the incident and surrounding areas. These photographs
may be of great value in the investigation.
(e) Ensuring the notification of all appropriate governmental authorities.
(f) Ensuring the preservation of evidence.
4 INVESTIGATION TEAM
When a detailed analysis is to be made, a fully qualified investigation team should be designated. The
investigation team should be qualified either by training or experience in the proper procedures for
investigation of an incident. The investigation should include the following.
(a) Determination of the probable cause of the incident.
(b) Evaluation of the initial response to the incident.
(c) The need for system improvements if necessary.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(d) The need for improvements in response, management and investigation of incidents.
5 SPECIMENS
A procedure should be prepared for selecting, collecting, preserving, labeling, and handling of
specimens. Procedures for collecting plastic or metallurgical specimens should include precautions
against changing the granular structure in the areas of investigatory interest (e.g., avoid heat effects
from cutting and outside forces due to tools and equipment). When corrosion may be involved,
procedures may be necessary for proper sampling and handling of soil and ground water specimens.
Procedures controlling the cutting, cleaning, lifting, identifying, and shipping of pipe specimens should
be considered for preservation of valuable evidence on the pipe surface, and on any tear surface or
fracture face, including making cuts far enough from the failure to avoid damaging critical areas of the
specimen.
The number of specimens needed to be collected at the failure site may vary depending on the type
and number of tests anticipated. A series of independent or destructive tests may require multiple
specimens. If there is a need to confirm the pipe materials specifications, then additional pipe
specimens should be obtained near the failure, but in an area of the piping where the physical
properties and characteristics are unaffected by the failure itself. Other investigatory procedures may be
utilized to confirm pipe material specifications.
6 TESTING AND ANALYSIS
Recognized standard destructive and non-destructive techniques are the preferred means to examine
test specimens. The testing methods used should be suited to the particular material being tested, and
be pertinent to the failure investigation.
Analysis and data on failures should be compiled and reviewed. The need for continuing surveillance of
pipeline facilities should be determined. See the guide material under §192.613.
7 REFERENCES
(a) "First at the Scene" by J.M. Lennon, Director of Claims, Philadelphia Electric Company; AGA
Operating Section Proceedings - 1983.

(b) "How to Protect the Company at the Scene of an Incident" by Robert E. Kennedy, Director of
Claims, Claim & Security Department, The Brooklyn Union Gas Company; AGA Operating Section
Proceedings - 1983.
(c) NFPA 921, "Guide for Fire and Explosion Investigations."
(d) NACE RP0173, "Collection and Identification of Corrosion Products" (Discontinued).
§192.619
What is the maximum allowable operating pressure for
steel or plastic pipelines?
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, no person may operate a segment of
steel or plastic pipeline at a pressure that exceeds the lowest of the following:
(1) The design pressure of the weakest element in the segment, determined in accordance
with subparts C and D of this part. However, for steel pipe in pipelines being converted under
§192.14 or uprated under subpart K of this part, if any variable necessary to determine the design
pressure under the design formula (§192.105) is unknown, one of the following pressures is to be
used as design pressure:
(i) Eighty percent of the first test pressure that produces yield under section N5 of
Appendix N of ASME B31.8 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7), reduced by the appropriate
factor in paragraph (a)(2)(ii) of this section; or
(ii) If the pipe is 12¾ inches (324 mm) or less in outside diameter and is not tested to
yield under this paragraph, 200 p.s.i. (1379 kPa).
(2) The pressure obtained by dividing the pressure to which the segment was tested after
construction as follows:
(i) For plastic pipe in all locations, the test pressure is divided by a factor of 1.5.
(ii) For steel pipe operated at 100 p.s.i. (689 kPa) gage or more, the test pressure is
divided by a factor determined in accordance with the following table:
Class Factor1, segment--
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
location
Installed before Installed after Converted
(Nov. 12, 1970) (Nov. 11, 1970) under §192.14
1 1.1 1.1 1.25
2 1.25 1.25 1.25
3 1.4 1.5 1.5
4 1.4 1.5 1.5
1
For offshore segments installed, uprated or converted after July 31, 1977, that are not
located on an offshore platform, the factor is 1.25. For segments installed, uprated or
converted after July 31, 1977, that are located on an offshore platform or on a platform in
inland navigable waters, including a pipe riser, the factor is 1.5.
(3) The highest actual operating pressure to which the segment was subjected during the
5 years preceding the applicable date in the second column. This pressure restriction applies
unless the segment was tested according to the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this section
after the applicable date in the third column or the segment was uprated according to the
requirements in subpart K of this part:

Pipeline segment Pressure date Test date

— Onshore gathering line that March 15, 2006, or date line 5 years preceding
first became subject to this part becomes subject to this part, applicable date in second
(other than §192.612) after April whichever is later. column.
13, 2006.
— Onshore transmission line
that was a gathering line not
subject to this part before
March 15, 2006.
Offshore gathering lines. July 1, 1976. July 1, 1971.
All other pipelines. July 1, 1970. July 1, 1965.
(4) The pressure determined by the operator to be the maximum safe pressure after
considering the history of the segment, particularly known corrosion and the actual operating
pressure.
(b) No person may operate a segment to which paragraph (a)(4) of this section is applicable,
unless over-pressure protective devices are installed on the segment in a manner that will prevent
the maximum allowable operating pressure from being exceeded, in accordance with §192.195.
(c) The requirements on pressure restrictions in this section do not apply in the following
instance. An operator may operate a segment of pipeline found to be in satisfactory condition,
considering its operating and maintenance history, at the highest actual operating pressure to
which the segment was subjected during the 5 years preceding the applicable date in the second
column of the table in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. An operator must still comply with
§192.611.
[Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17659, Nov. 17, 1970; Amdt. 192-27, 41 FR 34598, Aug. 16, 1976 with Amdt.
192-27A, 41 FR 47252, Oct. 28, 1976; Amdt. 192-30, 42 FR 60146, Nov. 25, 1977; Amdt. 192-78, 61
FR 28770, June 6, 1996 with Amdt. 192-78 Correction, 61 FR 30824, June 18, 1996; Amdt. 192-85,
63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-102, 71 FR 13289, Mar. 15, 2006; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR
33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
See Guide Material Appendices G-192-9 and G-192-10.
§192.621
Maximum allowable operating pressure: High-pressure distribution systems.
(a) No person may operate a segment of a high pressure distribution system at a pressure that
exceeds the lowest of the following pressures, as applicable:
(1) The design pressure of the weakest element in the segment, determined in accordance
with Subparts C and D of this part.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
215
(2) 60 p.s.i. (414 kPa) gage, for a segment of a distribution system otherwise designed to
operate at over 60 p.s.i.g., unless the service lines in the segment are equipped with service
regulators or other pressure limiting devices in series that meet the requirements of §192.197(c).
(3) 25 p.s.i. (172 kPa) gage in segments of cast iron pipe in which there are unreinforced
bell and spigot joints.
(4) The pressure limits to which a joint could be subjected without the possibility of its
parting.
(5) The pressure determined by the operator to be the maximum safe pressure after
considering the history of the segment, particularly known corrosion and the actual operating
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
pressures.
(b) No person may operate a segment of pipeline to which paragraph (a) (5) of this section
applies, unless overpressure protective devices are installed on the segment in a manner that will
prevent the maximum allowable operating pressure from being exceeded, in accordance with
§192.195.
[Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
GUIDE MATERIAL
For high pressure distribution systems containing steel or plastic pipelines, see §192.619.
§192.623
Maximum and minimum allowable operating pressure:
Low-pressure distribution systems.
(a) No person may operate a low-pressure distribution system at a pressure high enough to
make unsafe the operation of any connected and properly adjusted low-pressure gas burning
equipment.
(b) No person may operate a low pressure distribution system at a pressure lower than the
minimum pressure at which the safe and continuing operation of any connected and properly
adjusted low-pressure gas burning equipment can be assured.
[Amdt. 192-75, 61 FR 18512, Apr. 26, 1996 with Amdt. 192-75 Correction, 61 FR 38403, July 24, 1996]

DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART M
(b) Valves should be operated to the extent necessary to establish operability during an emergency.
When operating the valve, precautions should be taken to avoid a service outage or
overpressurization of the system.
(c) When maintenance is completed, the operator should verify that the valves are in the proper
position.
(d) When inspecting or maintaining valves, the location reference data contained in the operator's
records should be compared with field conditions. Changes, such as referenced landmarks, street
alignment, and topography, should be noted and incorporated in the records.
2 INOPERABLE VALVES
The following actions should be considered if a valve is found inoperable.

(a) Repair the valve to make it operable.
(b) Designate another valve or valves to substitute for the inoperable valve that will provide a similar
level of effectiveness for isolating the line section. Consideration should be given to the following.
(1) Spacing requirements as prescribed in §192.179.
(2) Updating records for emergency shutdown and future maintenance requirements.
(3) Informing employees of the change to the isolation or emergency shutdown plan.
(c) Replace the valve.
§192.747
Valve maintenance: Distribution systems.
(a) Each valve, the use of which may be necessary for the safe operation of a distribution
system, must be checked and serviced at intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each
calendar year.
(b) Each operator must take prompt remedial action to correct any valve found inoperable,
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
unless the operator designates an alternative valve.
[Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-93, 68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
Valves should be checked for adequate lubrication and proper alignment to permit the use of a key,
wrench, handle, or other operating device. Where applicable, the valve box or vault should be cleared
of any debris that would interfere with or delay the operation of the valve.
2 PRECAUTIONS
If a valve is to be partially operated, precautions should be taken to avoid a service outage or

overpressurizing the system. Such precautions might include the following.
(a) Documenting the valve type (e.g., plug, gate, ball) and the direction and number of turns to operate
the valve.
(b) Verifying the orientation of the valve in relation to the valve stops.
(c) Monitoring downstream pressure for any variation from normal operating pressure.

3 INOPERABLE VALVES
The following actions should be considered if a valve is found inoperable.

(a) Repair the valve to make it operable.
(b) Designate another valve or valves to substitute for the inoperable valve that will provide a similar
level of effectiveness for isolating the desired area. Consideration should be given to the following.
(1) Updating records for emergency shutdown and future maintenance requirements.
(2) Informing employees of the change to the isolation or emergency shutdown plan.
(c) Replace the valve.
4 IDENTIFICATION AND RECORD VERIFICATION
(a) See §192.181 for additional information on identifying valves necessary for the safe operation of a
distribution system.
(b) See the guide material under §192.745 regarding verification of records with current field data.
§192.749
Vault maintenance.
(a) Each vault housing pressure regulating and pressure limiting equipment, and having a
volumetric internal content of 200 cubic feet (5.66 cubic meters) or more, must be inspected at
intervals not exceeding 15 months, but at least once each calendar year, to determine that it is in
good physical condition and adequately ventilated.
(b) If gas is found in the vault, the equipment in the vault must be inspected for leaks, and any
leaks found must be repaired.
(c) The ventilating equipment must also be inspected to determine that it is functioning
properly.
(d) Each vault cover must be inspected to assure that it does not present a hazard to public
safety.
[Amdt. 192-43, 47 FR 46850, Oct. 21, 1982; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 APPLICABILITY
The following procedures apply primarily to vaults that have restricted openings (e.g., manholes) or are
more than four feet deep. However, an operator should review the following procedures and select
those that, for its particular situation, are applicable to vaults that have full opening covers and are less
than four feet deep.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 250
(ii)
The impact of water displacement on liquid hydrocarbons in those instances where water
may enter into the pipeline segment.
(c) Monitoring isolated segments.
(1) Monitoring procedures should be established based on the pressure, volumes, closures, and
other pertinent factors.
(2) Personnel assigned to operate isolation equipment should have a means to determine
pressure build-ups, such as gauges and vents.
(3) Personnel monitoring at remote locations should have communication with the work site and
the individual in charge of the operation.
4 NOTIFICATIONS PRIOR TO PURGE OR BLOWDOWN
4.1 Public officials.

The appropriate public officials should be notified prior to a purge or blowdown in those situations where
the normal traffic flow through the area might be disturbed, or where it is anticipated that there will be
calls from the public regarding the purge or blowdown.
4.2 Public in vicinity of gas discharge.

The public in the vicinity of the gas discharge should be notified prior to a purge or blowdown if it is
anticipated that the public might be affected by the process. The primary considerations for determining
the need for notification are noise, odor, and the possibility of accidental ignition.
5 REFERENCE
A reference is AGA XR0104, ”Plastic Pipe Manual for Gas Service," Chapter VI – Maintenance,
Operation and Emergency Control Procedures.
§192.753
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Caulked bell and spigot joints.
(a) Each cast iron caulked bell and spigot joint that is subject to pressures of more than 25 psi
(172 kPa) gage must be sealed with:
(1) A mechanical leak clamp; or
(2) A material or device which:
(i) Does not reduce the flexibility of the joint;
(ii) Permanently bonds, either chemically or mechanically, or both, with the bell and
spigot metal surfaces or adjacent pipe metal surfaces; and
(iii) Seals and bonds in a manner that meets the strength, environmental, and chemical
compatibility requirements of §§192.53(a) and (b) and 192.143.
(b) Each cast iron caulked bell and spigot joint that is subject to pressures 25 psi (172 kPa)
gage or less and is exposed for any reason must be sealed by a means other than caulking.
[Amdt. 192-25, 41 FR 23679, June 11, 1976; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998; Amdt. 192-93,
68 FR 53895, Sept. 15, 2003]
GUIDE MATERIAL
Addendum No. 4, January 2006 255

§192.755
Protecting cast-iron pipelines.
When an operator has knowledge that the support for a segment of a buried cast-iron pipeline is
disturbed:
(a) That segment of the pipeline must be protected, as necessary, against damage during the
disturbance by:
(1) Vibrations from heavy construction equipment, trains, trucks, buses, or blasting;
(2) Impact forces by vehicles;
(3) Earth movement;
(4) Apparent future excavations near the pipeline; or
(5) Other foreseeable outside forces that may subject that segment of the pipeline to
bending stress.
(b) As soon as feasible, appropriate steps must be taken to provide permanent protection for
the disturbed segment from damage that might result from external loads, including compliance
with applicable requirements of §§192.317(a), 192.319, and 192.361(b) -- (d).
[Issued by Amdt. 192-23, 41 FR 13588, Mar. 31, 1976]
GUIDE MATERIAL
See Guide Material Appendices G-192-16 and G-192-18.
§192.761
(Removed.)
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 256, 257, & 258

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART O
SUBPART O
GAS TRANSMISSION PIPELINE INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT
§192.901
What do the regulations in this subpart cover?
This subpart prescribes minimum requirements for an integrity management program on any
gas transmission pipeline covered under this part. For gas transmission pipelines constructed of
plastic, only the requirements in §§192.917, 192.921, 192.935 and 192.937 apply.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69778, Dec. 15, 2003 with Amdt. 192-95 Correction, 69 FR 2307, Jan
15, 2004]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 GENERAL
The requirements of Subpart O apply to all transmission pipelines including compressor stations,
metering stations, regulator stations, valve sets, and other fabricated assemblies. The requirements of
Subpart O do not apply to distribution lines or to gathering lines.
2 APPLICABILITY OF THIS SUBPART
Table 192.901i identifies the applicability of each section of Subpart O to plastic line pipe, steel line pipe
and pipeline components. In the table, “Components” refers to gas-carrying components other than line
pipe that are typically above ground, such as compressor stations, meter stations, and regulator
stations.
APPLICABILITY OF SUBPART O
Legend: R = Required; C = Consider; NA = Not Applicable

Natural Gas Transmission Pipeline System
Covered Segment (see §192.903) Non-Covered Segment
Regulation Plastic Steel Line Plastic Steel
Section Line Pipe Pipe Components Line Pipe Line Pipe Components
192.901 R R R R R R
192.903 R R R R R R
192.905 R R R R R R
192.907 R R R C C C
192.909 R R R NA NA NA
192.911 C R R NA NA NA
TABLE 192.901i
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(i)

APPLICABILITY OF SUBPART O (Continued)
Legend: R = Required; C = Consider; NA = Not Applicable

Natural Gas Transmission Pipeline System
Covered Segment (see §192.903) Non-Covered Segment
Regulation Plastic Steel Plastic Steel Component
Section Line Pipe Line Pipe Components Line Pipe Line Pipe s
192.913
NA R R NA C C
(if used)
192.915 C R R C R R
192.917 R R R R R R
192.923 NA * * NA * *
192.925 NA * * NA * *
192.927 NA * * NA * *
192.929 NA * * NA * *
192.931 NA * * NA * *
192.933 NA R R NA C C
192.935 R R R NA R R
192.937 R R R R R R
192.941
NA R R NA C C
(if used)
192.943
NA R R NA NA NA
(if used)
192.945 C R R C C C
192.947 C R R C C C
192.951 NA R R NA NA NA
* See guide material under these sections for detailed discussions.
TABLE 192.901i
§192.903
What definitions apply to this subpart?
The following definitions apply to this subpart.

Assessment is the use of testing techniques as allowed in this subpart to ascertain the
condition of a covered pipeline segment.
Confirmatory direct assessment is an integrity assessment method using more focused
application of the principles and techniques of direct assessment to identify internal and external
corrosion in a covered transmission pipeline segment.
Covered segment or covered pipeline segment means a segment of gas transmission pipeline
located in a high consequence area. The terms gas and transmission line are defined in §192.3.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(j) --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Direct assessment is an integrity assessment method that utilizes a process to evaluate certain
threats (i.e., external corrosion, internal corrosion and stress corrosion cracking) to a covered
pipeline segment’s integrity. The process includes the gathering and integration of risk factor data,
indirect examination or analysis to identify areas of suspected corrosion, direct examination of the
pipeline in these areas, and post assessment evaluation.
High consequence area means an area established by one of the methods described in
paragraphs (1) or (2) as follows:
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(1) An area defined as —
(i) A Class 3 location under §192.5; or
(ii) A Class 4 location under §192.5; or
(iii) Any area in a Class 1 or Class 2 location where the potential impact radius is
greater than 660 feet (200 meters), and the area within a potential impact circle contains 20 or more
buildings intended for human occupancy; or
(iv) Any area in a Class 1 or Class 2 location where the potential impact circle contains
an identified site.
(2) The area within a potential impact circle containing —
(i) 20 or more buildings intended for human occupancy, unless the exception in
paragraph (4) applies; or
(ii) An identified site.
(3) Where a potential impact circle is calculated under either method (1) or (2) to establish a
high consequence area, the length of the high consequence area extends axially along the length of
the pipeline from the outermost edge of the first potential impact circle that contains either an
identified site or 20 or more buildings intended for human occupancy to the outermost edge of the
last contiguous potential impact circle that contains either an identified site or 20 or more buildings
intended for human occupancy. (See Figure E.I.A. in Appendix E.)
(4) If in identifying a high consequence area under paragraph (1)(iii) of this definition or
paragraph (2)(i) of this definition, the radius of the potential impact circle is greater than 660 feet (200
meters), the operator may identify a high consequence area based on a prorated number of
buildings intended for human occupancy within a distance 660 feet (200 meters) from the centerline
of the pipeline until December17, 2006. If an operator chooses this approach, the operator must
prorate the number of buildings intended for human occupancy based on the ratio of an area with a
radius of 660 feet (200 meters) to the area of the potential impact circle (i.e., the prorated number of
buildings intended for human occupancy is equal to [20 x (660 feet [or 200 meters]/ potential impact
radius in feet [or meters]) 2]).
Identified site means each of the following areas:
(a) An outside area or open structure that is occupied by twenty (20) or more persons on at
least 50 days in any twelve (12)-month period. (The days need not be consecutive). Examples
include but are not limited to, beaches, playgrounds, recreational facilities, camping grounds,
outdoor theaters, stadiums, recreational areas near a body of water, or areas outside a rural building
such as a religious facility); or
(b) A building that is occupied by twenty (20) or more persons on at least five (5) days a
week for ten (10) weeks in any twelve (12)-month period. (The days and weeks need not be
consecutive). Examples include, but are not limited to, religious facilities, office buildings,
community centers, general stores, 4-H facilities, or roller skating rinks); or
(c) A facility occupied by persons who are confined, are of impaired mobility, or would be
difficult to evacuate. Examples include but are not limited to hospitals, prisons, schools, day-care
facilities, retirement facilities or assisted-living facilities.
Potential impact circle is a circle of radius equal to the potential impact radius (PIR).
Potential impact radius (PIR) means the radius of a circle within which the potential failure of a
pipeline could have significant impact on people or property. PIR is determined by the formula r =
0.69 * (square root of (p*d2)), where ‘r’ is the radius of a circular area in feet surrounding the point of
failure, ‘p’ is the maximum allowable operating pressure (MAOP) in the pipeline segment in pounds
per square inch and ‘d’ is the nominal diameter of the pipeline in inches.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(k)

Note: 0.69 is the factor for natural gas. This number will vary for other gases depending upon
their heat of combustion. An operator transporting gas other than natural gas must use section 3.2
of ASME/ANSI B31.8S-2001 (Supplement to ASME B31.8; incorporated by reference, see §192.7) to
calculate the impact radius formula.
Remediation is a repair or mitigation activity an operator takes on a covered segment to limit or

reduce the probability of an undesired event occurring or the expected consequences from the
event.
15, 2004, Amdt. 192-95 Correction & Petition for Reconsideration, 69 FR 18228, Apr. 6, 2004 and
Amdt. 192-95 Correction, 69 FR 29903, May 26, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Glossary of Commonly Used Terms and Abbreviations Used in Subpart O
BAP means baseline assessment plan.

CDA means confirmatory direct assessment.
DA means direct assessment.
ECDA means external corrosion direct assessment.
FAQs mean frequently asked questions.
Framework is an early version of an operator’s Integrity Management Program (IMP), which does not have
all the detailed processes in place.
HCA means high consequence area.
ICDA means internal corrosion direct assessment.
IMP means Integrity Management Program.
Low-frequency ERW (electric-resistance-welded) pipe is pipe that was manufactured using a 250-Hertz (Hz)
alternating electrical current to provide heat for fusion of the weld seam. Most pipe made using this
process was manufactured prior to 1970.
Low-stress transmission line is a steel transmission line that operates below 30% SMYS.
Plan is a particular component of the overall Integrity Management Program (IMP), and refers to a specific
action plan and documented criteria for implementing a particular program element or rule requirement.
Process is a step-by-step logical set of integrated activities that proceed from the initial understanding of
what needs to be done, to the successful performance and documentation of results.
Program is a document or a set of documents that systematically defines, controls, and implements integrity
management.
SCCDA means stress corrosion cracking direct assessment.
Note: For other terms and abbreviations, see Glossary of Commonly Used Terms and Glossary of
Commonly Used Abbreviations of the guide material under §192.3.
§192.905
How does an operator identify a high consequence area?
(a) General. To determine which segments of an operator’s transmission pipeline system are
covered by this subpart, an operator must identify the high consequence areas. An operator must
use method (1) or (2) from the definition in §192.903 to identify a high consequence area. An
operator
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(l)

may apply one method to its entire pipeline system, or an operator may apply one method to
individual portions of the pipeline system. An operator must describe in its integrity management
program which method it is applying to each portion of the operator’s pipeline system. The
description must include the potential impact radius when utilized to establish a high consequence
area. (See Appendix E.I. for guidance on identifying high consequence areas.)
(b) (1) Identified sites. An operator must identify an identified site, for purposes of this subpart,
from information the operator has obtained from routine operation and maintenance activities and
from public officials with safety or emergency response or planning responsibilities who indicate to
the operator that they know of locations that meet the identified site criteria. These public officials
could include officials on a local emergency planning commission or relevant Native American tribal
officials.
(2) If a public official with safety or emergency response or planning responsibilities
informs an operator that it does not have the information to identify an identified site, the operator
must use one of the following sources, as appropriate, to identify these sites.
(i) Visible marking (e.g., a sign); or
(ii) The site is licensed or registered by a Federal, State, or local government agency;
or
(iii) The site is on a list (including a list on an internet web site) or map maintained by
or available from a Federal, State, or local government agency and available to the general public.
(c) Newly-identified areas. When an operator has information that the area around a pipeline
segment not previously identified as a high consequence area could satisfy any of the definitions in
§192.903, the operator must complete the evaluation using method (1) or (2). If the segment is
determined to meet the definition as a high consequence area, it must be incorporated into the
operator’s baseline assessment plan as a high consequence area within one year from the date the
area is identified.
15, 2004]
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.907
What must an operator do to implement this subpart?
(a) General. No later than December 17, 2004, an operator of a covered pipeline segment must
develop and follow a written integrity management program that contains all the elements described
in §192.911 and that addresses the risks on each covered transmission pipeline segment. The initial
integrity management program must consist, at a minimum, of a framework that describes the
process for implementing each program element, how relevant decisions will be made and by
whom, a time line for completing the work to implement the program element, and how information
gained from experience will be continuously incorporated into the program. The framework will
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
evolve into a more detailed and comprehensive program. An operator must make continual
improvements to the program.
(b) Implementation Standards. In carrying out this subpart, an operator must follow the
requirements of this subpart and of ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see §192.7) and
its appendices, where specified. An operator may follow an equivalent standard or practice only
when the operator demonstrates the alternative standard or practice provides an equivalent level of
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(m)

safety to the public and property. In the event of a conflict between this subpart and ASME/ANSI
B31.8S, the requirements in this subpart control.
15, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 WRITTEN PROGRAM
1.1 General.
A written program provides a road map for assessment, integration and analysis of data, and
courses of action available in managing pipeline integrity. The program can incorporate or reference
existing policies and procedures that may address the elements listed in §192.911. The operator
should consider conducting a gap analysis between current policies and procedures and the
requirements of Subpart O to determine if additional plans, processes, or procedures may be
required.
1.2 Development.
The operator should consider the following when developing its Integrity Management Program
(IMP).
(a) Existing operations and maintenance procedures.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(b) Existing management systems (e.g., quality assurance and management of change).
(c) Existing environmental and safety programs.
(d) The “FAQs” from the OPS website at http://primis.phmsa.dot.gov/gasimp/faqlist.gim.
(e) The “Inspection Protocols” from the OPS website at
http://primis.phmsa.dot.gov/gasimp/prolist.gim.
(f) The process “Flowcharts” from the OPS website at http://primis.phmsa.dot.gov/gasimp/.
1.3 References.
(a) “Pipeline Risk Management Manual,” W. Kent Muhlbauer, Gulf Professional Publishing,
ISBN: 0-7506-7579-9.
(b) GPTC-Z380-TR-1, “Review of Integrity Management for Natural Gas Transmission Pipelines,” an
ANSI Technical Report by GPTC (AGA Catalog Number X69806).
2 OPERATORS WITH NO HCAs
Operators that have determined that there are no HCAs should document how that determination
was made. The operator must develop a written process for identifying new HCAs. See guide
material under §192.905. If HCAs are subsequently discovered, the operator is required to develop
an IMP.
3 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
3.1 General.
Subpart O requires use of the following documents, which are incorporated by reference in §192.7.
(a) ASME B31.8S, “Supplement to B31.8 on Managing System Integrity of Gas Pipelines.”
(b) NACE RP0502, “Pipeline External Corrosion Direct Assessment Methodology.”
An operator must meet the requirements of Subpart O and the referenced sections of these
documents. In the event of a conflict between ASME B31.8S and NACE RP0502, the more stringent
requirement should be followed.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(n)

3.2 ASME B31.8S.

(a) This standard contains non-mandatory “should” statements. The operator should evaluate each
of these and take appropriate action. The operator may choose alternative practices; however,
the operator should document the justification for doing so. Considerations might include the
following.
(1) Acceptable levels of safety and integrity.
(2) Appropriateness to conditions.
(3) Technological improvements.
(b) Appendices A and B2 of this standard are titled as “non-mandatory”; however, the requirements
of these appendices are mandatory because Subpart O specifically incorporates them.
(c) “Must” and “shall” statements in this standard are mandatory.
(d) References in Subpart O to ASME B31.8S are listed below in Table 192.907i.
SUMMARY OF INCORPORATED REFERENCES TO ASME B31.8S

ASME B31.8S Subpart O References
General §§192.907(b); 192.911; 192.913(a), (b)(1), & (c); 192.935(b)(1)(iv)
Section 2 §192.917(a)
Section 3.2 §192.903 - definition of potential impact radius
Section 4 §192.917(b) & (d)
§§192.917(c) & (d); 192.921(a)(2); 192.935(a); 192.937(c)(2);
Section 5
192.939(a)(1)(ii) & (a)(3)
Section 6.2 §§192.921(a)(1); 192.937(c)(1)
§§192.923(b)(1) & (b)(2); 192.925(b), (b)(1), (b)(2), (b)(3), & (b)(4);
Section 6.4
192.927(b)
Section 7 §192.933(c) & (d)(1)
Section 9 §192.911(i)
Section 9.4 §192.945(a)
Section 10 §192.911(m)
Section 11 §192.911(k)
Section 12 §192.911(l)
Appendix A §§192.917(b); 192.945(a)
Appendix A2 §192.927(c)(1)(i)
Appendix A3 §§192.923(b)(3); 192.929(b)(1) & (b)(2)
Appendix A3.3 §192.929(b)(1)
Appendix A3.4 §192.929(b)(2)
Appendices A4.3 & A4.4 §192.917(e)(4)
Appendix A7 §192.917(e)(1)
Appendix B2 §§192.923(b)(2); 192.927(b)
TABLE 192.907i
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(o)

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

§192.909
How can an operator change its integrity management program?
(a) General. An operator must document any change to its program and the reasons for the
change before implementing the change.
(b) Notification. An operator must notify OPS, in accordance with §192.949, of any change to
the program that may substantially affect the program’s implementation or may significantly modify
the program or schedule for carrying out the program elements. An operator must also notify a State
or local pipeline safety authority when either a covered segment is located in a State where OPS has
an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate covered segment is regulated by that State. An
operator must provide the notification within 30 days after adopting this type of change into its
program.
15, 2004 and Amdt. 192-95 Correction & Petition for Reconsideration, 69 FR 18228, Apr. 6, 2004]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 CHANGES TO BE DOCUMENTED
It is anticipated that there will be a number of changes over time to an operator’s Integrity Management
Program (IMP). Documentation of changes and the reasons for them should include decisions,
analyses, and processes used to change elements of the IMP. The operator should maintain previous
versions of the IMP for the life of the pipeline. See guide material under §192.947. This documentation
can be in electronic format. Factors that might cause a change to the IMP include the following.
(a) Information obtained from the integrity assessments.
(b) Operating experience.
(c) The operator’s understanding about the specific integrity threats and the relative importance of
those threats may change.
(d) The operator’s understanding about a specific integrity assessment tool changes, and the operator
chooses to use another type.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(e) Risks are different than previously understood and an operator needs to reprioritize assessments.
(f) Identification of a new HCA, which adjusts the baseline assessment plan.
(g) Development of additional program elements.
2 NOTIFICATION
When applicable, notification of program changes is required to OPS (and typically providing an
informational copy to the state). Where OPS has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate
covered segment is regulated by that state, the operator must also notify the state pipeline safety
authority. A reference for state contacts is available at http://www.napsr.org.
2.1 Changes requiring notification.

Examples of situations that may lead to changes substantially affecting program implementation, or
significantly modifying the program or schedule, are as follows.
(a) An incident on a lower-risk pipeline that would cause a reprioritization of the assessment schedule.
(b) Changes that affect the overall manner in which an operator is conducting its IMP.
(c) A merger of two companies that causes reprioritization of the assessment schedule under the
merged IMP.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(p)

(d) Circumstances that would keep an operator from achieving the 2007 or 2012 assessment
deadlines (e.g., weather or permit delays).
Notification should include the changes to the program and reasons for such changes. See guide
material under §192.949.
2.2 Changes not requiring notification.

Minor changes that do not significantly affect program implementation or plans for carrying out program
elements do not require a notification. Examples include the following.
(a) Editorial revisions.
(b) Schedule changes due to weather or permit delays that have no impact on meeting deadlines.
(c) Priority changes due to updated risk assessment information.
§192.911
What are the elements of an integrity management program?
An operator’s initial integrity management program begins with a framework (see § 192.907) and
evolves into a more detailed and comprehensive integrity management program, as information is
gained and incorporated into the program. An operator must make continual improvements to its
program. The initial program framework and subsequent program must, at minimum, contain the
following elements. (When indicated, refer to ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see
§192.7) for more detailed information on the listed element.)
(a) An identification of all high consequence areas, in accordance with §192.905.
(b) A baseline assessment plan meeting the requirements of §192.919 and §192.921.
(c) An identification of threats to each covered pipeline segment, which must include data
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
integration and a risk assessment. An operator must use the threat identification and risk
assessment to prioritize covered segments for assessment (§192.917) and to evaluate the merits of
additional preventive and mitigative measures (§192.935) for each covered segment.
(d) A direct assessment plan, if applicable, meeting the requirements of §192.923, and
depending on the threat assessed, of §§192.925, 192.927, or 192.929.
(e) Provisions meeting the requirements of §192.933 for remediating conditions found during
an integrity assessment.
(f) A process for continual evaluation and assessment meeting the requirements of §192.937.
(g) If applicable, a plan for confirmatory direct assessment meeting the requirements of
§192.931.
(h) Provisions meeting the requirements of §192.935 for adding preventive and mitigative
measures to protect the high consequence area.
(i) A performance plan as outlined in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 9 that includes performance
measures meeting the requirements of §192.945.
(j) Record keeping provisions meeting the requirements of §192.947.
(k) A management of change process as outlined in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 11.
(l) A quality assurance process as outlined in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 12.
(m) A communication plan that includes the elements of ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 10, and
that includes procedures for addressing safety concerns raised by —
(1) OPS; and
(2) A State or local pipeline safety authority when a covered segment is located in a State
where OPS has an interstate agent agreement.
(n) Procedures for providing (when requested), by electronic or other means, a copy of the
operator’s risk analysis or integrity management program to —
(1) OPS; and
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(q)

(2) A State or local pipeline safety authority when a covered segment is located in a State
where OPS has an interstate agent agreement.
(o) Procedures for ensuring that each integrity assessment is being conducted in a manner that
minimizes environmental and safety risks.
(p) A process for identification and assessment of newly-identified high consequence areas.
(See §§192.905 and 192.921.)
15, 2004 and Amdt. 192-95 Correction & Petition for Reconsideration, 69 FR 18228, Apr. 6, 2004;
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.913
When may an operator deviate its program from
certain requirements of this subpart?
(a) General. ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see §192.7) provides the essential
features of a performance-based or a prescriptive integrity management program. An operator that
uses a performance-based approach that satisfies the requirements for exceptional performance in
paragraph (b) of this section may deviate from certain requirements in this subpart, as provided in
paragraph (c) of this section.
(b) Exceptional performance. An operator must be able to demonstrate the exceptional
performance of its integrity management program through the following actions.
(1) To deviate from any of the requirements set forth in paragraph (c) of this section, an
operator must have a performance-based integrity management program that meets or exceed the
performance-based requirements of ASME/ANSI B31.8S and includes, at a minimum, the following
elements —
(i) A comprehensive process for risk analysis;
(ii) All risk factor data used to support the program;
(iii) A comprehensive data integration process;
(iv) A procedure for applying lessons learned from assessment of covered pipeline
segments to pipeline segments not covered by this subpart;
(v) A procedure for evaluating every incident, including its cause, within the
operator’s sector of the pipeline industry for implications both to the operator’s pipeline system and
to the operator’s integrity management program;
(vi) A performance matrix that demonstrates the program has been effective in
ensuring the integrity of the covered segments by controlling the identified threats to the covered
segments;
(vii) Semi-annual performance measures beyond those required in §192.945 that are
part of the operator’s performance plan. (See §192.911(i).) An operator must submit these measures,
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
by electronic or other means, on a semi-annual frequency to OPS in accordance with §192.951; and
(viii) An analysis that supports the desired integrity reassessment interval and the
remediation methods to be used for all covered segments.
(2) In addition to the requirements for the performance-based plan, an operator must —
(i) Have completed at least two integrity assessments on each covered pipeline
segment the operator is including under the performance-based approach, and be able to
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(r)

demonstrate that each assessment effectively addressed the identified threats on the covered
segment.
(ii) Remediate all anomalies identified in the more recent assessment according to the
requirements in §192.933, and incorporate the results and lessons learned from the more recent
assessment into the operator’s data integration and risk assessment.
(c) Deviation. Once an operator has demonstrated that it has satisfied the requirements of
paragraph (b) of this section, the operator may deviate from the prescriptive requirements of
ASME/ANSI B31.8S and of this subpart only in the following instances.
(1) The time frame for reassessment as provided in §192.939 except that reassessment by
some method allowed under this subpart (e.g., confirmatory direct assessment) must be carried out
at intervals no longer than seven years;
(2) The time frame for remediation as provided in §192.933 if the operator demonstrates the
time frame will not jeopardize the safety of the covered segment.
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.915
What knowledge and training must personnel have to carry out
an integrity management program?
(a) Supervisory personnel. The integrity management program must provide that each
supervisor whose responsibilities relate to the integrity management program possesses and
maintains a thorough knowledge of the integrity management program and of the elements for
which the supervisor is responsible. The program must provide that any person who qualifies as a
supervisor for the integrity management program has appropriate training or experience in the area
for which the person is responsible.
(b) Persons who carry out assessments and evaluate assessment results. The integrity
management program must provide criteria for the qualification of any person —
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(1) Who conducts an integrity assessment allowed under this subpart; or
(2) Who reviews and analyzes the results from an integrity assessment and evaluation; or
(3) Who makes decisions on actions to be taken based on these assessments.
(c) Persons responsible for preventive and mitigative measures. The integrity management
program must provide criteria for the qualification of any person —
(1) Who implements preventive and mitigative measures to carry out this subpart, including
the marking and locating of buried structures; or
(2) Who directly supervises excavation work carried out in conjunction with an integrity
assessment.
15, 2004]
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(s)

GUIDE MATERIAL
1 SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL QUALIFICATIONS
1.1 General.
The integrity management program (IMP) should define the training, qualification, or experience
required for supervisory personnel whose responsibilities relate to the IMP. Supervisory personnel
can acquire thorough knowledge of the IMP by achieving the following.
(a) General understanding of, and familiarity with, the overall program; and
(b) Specific knowledge in their respective areas of responsibility.
1.2 Gaining general understanding.

Examples of means used to gain general understanding of the IMP include the following.
(a) Conducting periodic review of the written program.
(b) Training or orientation sessions.
(c) Conducting peer reviews.
(d) Using a list of subject matter experts that can be contacted for additional details.
1.3 Demonstrating specific knowledge.

Examples of means used to demonstrate specific knowledge of an individual’s area of responsibility
include the following.
(a) Internal and external training records.
(b) Experience résumés.
(c) Licenses or certifications.
(d) Continuing educational credits.
(e) Qualification records.
(f) Authored papers or articles that have been published.
(g) Documented experience in developing standards and procedures.
(h) Copies of presentations given to public, industry, or an operator’s internal groups.
(i) Regulatory testimony.
2 OTHER QUALIFICATIONS
2.1 Personnel who require qualification.

The IMP must define the qualification criteria (e.g., knowledge, skills, abilities) for personnel who do
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the following.
(a) Perform assessments.
(b) Evaluate assessment results.
(c) Make technical decisions based upon assessment results (e.g., dig locations, repair methods,
prioritization of fieldwork).
(d) Implement preventive and mitigative measures.
(e) Supervise excavation work associated with assessments.
2.2 Demonstrating qualifications.

Examples of means used to demonstrate qualification of employees and contractors include the
following.
(a) Training records.
(b) Documented experience.
(c) Qualification records.
(d) Certifications from industry organizations.
(e) Education records.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(t)

3 DOCUMENTATION
The operator might consider developing a matrix of integrity management related tasks, which
outline the qualification requirements, and what operator or contractor position may perform each
task.
(a) Documentation of the knowledge and training of integrity management personnel should
demonstrate the following.
(1) Competence in performing the assigned IMP element.
(2) Awareness of the IMP requirements.
(3) The process used to qualify the person for the IMP element.
(b) Operators using contractors in the IMP should document that the contractor employees are
aware of and qualified for the applicable sections of the operator’s IMP.
4 REFERENCE
Qualification guidance is provided by ASNT ILI-PQ, “In-line Inspection Personnel Qualification and
Certification.”
§192.917
How does an operator identify potential threats to pipeline integrity and
use the threat identification in its integrity program?
(a) Threat identification. An operator must identify and evaluate all potential threats to each
covered pipeline segment. Potential threats that an operator must consider include, but are not
limited to, the threats listed in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see §192.7), section 2,
which are grouped under the following four categories:
(1) Time dependent threats such as internal corrosion, external corrosion, and stress
corrosion cracking;
(2) Static or resident threats, such as fabrication or construction defects;
(3) Time independent threats such as third party damage and outside force damage; and
(4) Human error.
(b) Data gathering and integration. To identify and evaluate the potential threats to a covered
pipeline segment, an operator must gather and integrate existing data and information on the entire
pipeline that could be relevant to the covered segment. In performing this data gathering and
integration, an operator must follow the requirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 4. At a
minimum, an operator must gather and evaluate the set of data specified in Appendix A to
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, and consider both on the covered segment and similar non-covered segments,
past incident history, corrosion control records, continuing surveillance records, patrolling records,
maintenance history, internal inspection records and all other conditions specific to each pipeline.
(c) Risk assessment. An operator must conduct a risk assessment that follows ASME/ANSI
B31.8S, section 5, and considers the identified threats for each covered segment. An operator must
use the risk assessment to prioritize the covered segments for the baseline and continual
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
reassessments (§§192.919, 192.921, 192.937), and to determine what additional preventive and
mitigative measures are needed (§192.935) for the covered segment.
(d) Plastic Transmission Pipeline. An operator of a plastic transmission pipeline must assess
the threats to each covered segment using the information in sections 4 and 5 of ASME B31.8S, and
consider any threats unique to the integrity of plastic pipe.
(e) Actions to address particular threats. If an operator identifies any of the following threats,
the operator must take the following actions to address the threat.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(u)

(1) Third party damage. An operator must utilize the data integration required in paragraph
(b) of this section and ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A7 to determine the susceptibility of each
covered segment to the threat of third party damage. If an operator identifies the threat of third party
damage, the operator must implement comprehensive additional preventive measures in
accordance with §192.935 and monitor the effectiveness of the preventive measures. If, in
conducting a baseline assessment under § 192.921, or a reassessment under §192.937, an operator
uses an internal inspection tool or external corrosion direct assessment, the operator must integrate
data from these assessments with data related to any encroachment or foreign line crossing on the
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
covered segment, to define where potential indications of third party damage may exist in the
covered segment. An operator must also have procedures in its integrity management program
addressing actions it will take to respond to findings from this data integration.
(2) Cyclic fatigue. How does an operator identify potential threats to pipeline integrity and
use the threat identification in its integrity program? An operator must evaluate whether cyclic
fatigue or other loading condition (including ground movement, suspension bridge condition) could
lead to a failure of a deformation, including a dent or gouge, or other defect in the covered segment.
An evaluation must assume the presence of threats in the covered segment that could be
exacerbated by cyclic fatigue. An operator must use the results from the evaluation together with
the criteria used to evaluate the significance of this threat to the covered segment to prioritize the
integrity baseline assessment or reassessment.
(3) Manufacturing and construction defects. If an operator identifies the threat of
manufacturing and construction defects (including seam defects) in the covered segment, an
operator must analyze the covered segment to determine the risk of failure from these defects. The
analysis must consider the results of prior assessments on the covered segment. An operator may
consider manufacturing and construction related defects to be stable defects if the operating
pressure on the covered segment has not increased over the maximum operating pressure
experienced during the five years preceding identification of the high consequence area. If any of
the following changes occur in the covered segment, an operator must prioritize the covered
segment as a high risk segment for the baseline assessment or a subsequent reassessment.
(i) Operating pressure increases above the maximum operating pressure experienced
during the preceding five years;
(ii) MAOP increases; or
(iii) The stresses leading to cyclic fatigue increase.
(4) ERW pipe. If a covered pipeline segment contains low frequency electric resistance
welded pipe (ERW), lap welded pipe or other pipe that satisfies the conditions specified in
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendices A4.3 and A4.4, and any covered or noncovered segment in the
pipeline system with such pipe has experienced seam failure, or operating pressure on the covered
segment has increased over the maximum operating pressure experienced during the preceding five
years, an operator must select an assessment technology or technologies with a proven application
capable of assessing seam integrity and seam corrosion anomalies. The operator must prioritize the
covered segment as a high risk segment for the baseline assessment or a subsequent
reassessment.
(5) Corrosion. If an operator identifies corrosion on a covered pipeline segment that could
adversely affect the integrity of the line (conditions specified in §192.935), the operator must
evaluate and remediate, as necessary, all pipeline segments (both covered and non-covered) with
similar material coating and environmental characteristics. An operator must establish a schedule
for evaluating and remediating, as necessary, the similar segments that is consistent with the
operator’s established operating and maintenance procedures under Part 192 for testing and repair.
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(v)

GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.919
What must be in the baseline assessment plan?
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
An operator must include each of the following elements in its written baseline assessment
plan:
(a) Identification of the potential threats to each covered pipeline segment and the information
supporting the threat identification. (See §192.917.);
(b) The methods selected to assess the integrity of the line pipe, including an explanation of
why the assessment method was selected to address the identified threats to each covered
segment. The integrity assessment method an operator uses must be based on the threats identified
to the covered segment. (See §192.917.) More than one method may be required to address all the
threats to the covered pipeline segment;
(c) A schedule for completing the integrity assessment of all covered segments, including, risk
factors considered in establishing the assessment schedule;
(d) If applicable, a direct assessment plan that meets the requirements of §§192.923, and
depending on the threat to be addressed, of §192.925, §192.927, or §192.929; and
(e) A procedure to ensure that the baseline assessment is being conducted in a manner that
minimizes environmental and safety risks.
15, 2004]
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.921
How is the baseline assessment to be conducted?
(a) Assessment methods. An operator must assess the integrity of the line pipe in each
covered segment by applying one or more of the following methods depending on the threats to
which the covered segment is susceptible. An operator must select the method or methods best
suited to address the threats identified to the covered segment (See §192.917).
(1) Internal inspection tool or tools capable of detecting corrosion, and any other threats to
which the covered segment is susceptible. An operator must follow ASME/ANSI B31.8S
(incorporated by reference, see §192.7), section 6.2 in selecting the appropriate internal inspection
tools for the covered segment.
(2) Pressure test conducted in accordance with subpart J of this part. An operator must use
the test pressures specified in Table 3 of section 5 of ASME/ANSI B31.8S, to justify an extended
reassessment interval in accordance with §192.939.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(w)

(3) Direct assessment to address threats of external corrosion, internal corrosion, and
stress corrosion cracking. An operator must conduct the direct assessment in accordance with the
requirements listed in §192.923 and with, as applicable, the requirements specified in §§192.925,
192.927 or 192.929;
(4) Other technology that an operator demonstrates can provide an equivalent
understanding of the condition of the line pipe. An operator choosing this option must notify the
Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) 180 days before conducting the assessment, in accordance with
§192.949. An operator must also notify a State or local pipeline safety authority when either a
covered segment is located in a State where OPS has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate
covered segment is regulated by that State.
(b) Prioritizing segments. An operator must prioritize the covered pipeline segments for the
baseline assessment according to a risk analysis that considers the potential threats to each
covered segment. The risk analysis must comply with the requirements in §192.917.
(c) Assessment for particular threats. In choosing an assessment method for the baseline
assessment of each covered segment, an operator must take the actions required in §192.917(e) to
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
address particular threats that it has identified.

(d) Time period. An operator must prioritize all the covered segments for assessment in
accordance with § 192.917(c) and paragraph (b) of this section. An operator must assess at least
50% of the covered segments beginning with the highest risk segments, by December 17, 2007. An
operator must complete the baseline assessment of all covered segments by December 17, 2012.
(e) Prior assessment. An operator may use a prior integrity assessment conducted before
December 17, 2002 as a baseline assessment for the covered segment, if the integrity assessment
meets the baseline requirements in this subpart and subsequent remedial actions to address the
conditions listed in §192.933 have been carried out. In addition, if an operator uses this prior
assessment as its baseline assessment, the operator must reassess the line pipe in the covered
segment according to the requirements of §192.937 and §192.939.
(f) Newly-identified areas. When an operator identifies a new high consequence area (see
§192.905), an operator must complete the baseline assessment of the line pipe in the newly-
identified high consequence area within ten (10) years from the date the area is identified.
(g) Newly-installed pipe. An operator must complete the baseline assessment of a newly-
installed segment of pipe covered by this subpart within ten (10) years from the date the pipe is
installed. An operator may conduct a pressure test in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this
section, to satisfy the requirement for a baseline assessment.
(h) Plastic transmission pipeline. If the threat analysis required in §192.917(d) on a plastic
transmission pipeline indicates that a covered segment is susceptible to failure from causes other
than third-party damage, an operator must conduct a baseline assessment of the segment in
accordance with the requirements of this section and of §192.917. The operator must justify the use
of an alternative assessment method that will address the identified threats to the covered segment.
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(x)

§192.923
How is direct assessment used and for what threats?
(a) General. An operator may use direct assessment either as a primary assessment method or
as a supplement to the other assessment methods allowed under this subpart. An operator may
only use direct assessment as the primary assessment method to address the identified threats of
external corrosion (ECDA), internal corrosion (ICDA), and stress corrosion cracking (SCCDA).
(b) Primary Method. An operator using direct assessment as a primary assessment method
must have a plan that complies with the requirements in —
(1) ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see §192.7), section 6.4; NACE RP0502-
2002 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7); and §192.925 if addressing external corrosion (ECDA).
(2) ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 6.4 and Appendix B2, and §192.927 if addressing internal
corrosion (ICDA).
(3) ASME/ANSI B31.8S Appendix A3, and §192.929 if addressing stress corrosion cracking
(SCCDA).
(c) Supplemental method. An operator using direct assessment as a supplemental assessment
method for any applicable threat must have a plan that follows the requirements for confirmatory
direct assessment in §192.931.
15, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 GENERAL
(a) Direct Assessment (DA) is a structured process for assessing buried, onshore steel pipelines. This
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
process is comprised of multiple, interdependent steps, which include the following.
(1) Gathering and integration of data.
(2) Indirect examination.
(3) Direct examination.
(4) Post-assessment evaluation.
(b) See guide material under §§192.925, 192.927, and 192.929.
2 DIRECT ASSESSMENT PLAN
(a) Only operators that use DA need to prepare a written DA plan.

(b) An operator’s DA plan should include a written statement, procedure, or other document
addressing each specific step of the DA methodology. The plan can be multiple binders with
relevant plan sections kept at appropriate locations. Other documents (or applicable sections) may
be referenced. The referenced documents should be readily available to the users.
(c) DA plans will vary in length and complexity depending upon an operator’s size, locale, policies, and
amount of pipeline to be assessed. An operator may choose to have a single DA plan for all, or a
separate DA plan for each, of the three corrosion threats: external, internal, and stress corrosion
cracking.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(y)

§192.925
What are the requirements for using
External Corrosion Direct Assessment (ECDA)?
(a) Definition. ECDA is a four-step process that combines preassessment, indirect inspection,
direct examination, and post assessment to evaluate the threat of external corrosion to the integrity
of a pipeline.
(b) General requirements. An operator that uses direct assessment to assess the threat of
external corrosion must follow the requirements in this section, in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated
by reference, see §192.7), section 6.4, and in NACE RP0502–2002 (incorporated by reference, see
§192.7). An operator must develop and implement a direct assessment plan that has procedures
addressing preassessment, indirect examination, direct examination, and post-assessment. If the
ECDA detects pipeline coating damage, the operator must also integrate the data from the ECDA
with other information from the data integration (§192.917(b)) to evaluate the covered segment for
the threat of third party damage, and to address the threat as required by §192.917(e)(1).
(1) Preassessment. In addition to the requirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S section 6.4 and
NACE RP0502–2002, section 3, the plan’s procedures for preassessment must include —
(i) Provisions for applying more restrictive criteria when conducting ECDA for the
first time on a covered segment; and
(ii) The basis on which an operator selects at least two different, but complementary
indirect assessment tools to assess each ECDA Region. If an operator utilizes an indirect inspection
method that is not discussed in Appendix A of NACE RP0502–2002, the operator must demonstrate
the applicability, validation basis, equipment used, application procedure, and utilization of data for
the inspection method.
(2) Indirect examination. In addition to the requirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S section 6.4
and NACE RP0502–2002, section 4, the plan’s procedures for indirect examination of the ECDA
regions must include —
first time on a covered segment;
(ii) Criteria for identifying and documenting those indications that must be considered
for excavation and direct examination. Minimum identification criteria include the known
sensitivities of assessment tools, the procedures for using each tool, and the approach to be used
for decreasing the physical spacing of indirect assessment tool readings when the presence of a
defect is suspected;
(iii) Criteria for defining the urgency of excavation and direct examination of each
indication identified during the indirect examination. These criteria must specify how an operator
will define the urgency of excavating the indication as immediate, scheduled or monitored; and
(iv) Criteria for scheduling excavation of indications for each urgency level.
(3) Direct examination. In addition to the requirements in ASME/ANSI B31.8S section 6.4
and NACE RP0502–2002, section 5, the plan’s procedures for direct examination of indications from
the indirect examination must include —
first time on a covered segment;
(ii) Criteria for deciding what action should be taken if either:
(A) Corrosion defects are discovered that exceed allowable limits (Section
5.5.2.2 of NACE RP0502–2002), or
(B) Root cause analysis reveals conditions for which ECDA is not suitable (Section
5.6.2 of NACE RP0502–2002);
(iii) Criteria and notification procedures for any changes in the ECDA Plan, including
changes that affect the severity classification, the priority of direct examination, and the time frame
for direct examination of indications; and
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(z)

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(iv) Criteria that describe how and on what basis an operator will reclassify and
reprioritize any of the provisions that are specified in section 5.9 of NACE RP0502–2002.
(4) Post assessment and continuing evaluation. In addition to the requirements in
ASME/ANSI B31.8S section 6.4 and NACE RP0502–2002, section 6, the plan’s procedures for post
assessment of the effectiveness of the ECDA process must include —
(i) Measures for evaluating the long-term effectiveness of ECDA in addressing
external corrosion in covered segments; and
(ii) Criteria for evaluating whether conditions discovered by direct examination of
indications in each ECDA region indicate a need for reassessment of the covered segment at an
interval less than that specified in §192.939. (See Appendix D of NACE RP0502–2002.)
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.927
What are the requirements for using
Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment (ICDA)?
(a) Definition. Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment (ICDA) is a process an operator uses to
identify areas along the pipeline where fluid or other electrolyte introduced during normal operation
or by an upset condition may reside, and then focuses direct examination on the locations in
covered segments where internal corrosion is most likely to exist. The process identifies the
potential for internal corrosion caused by microorganisms, or fluid with CO2, O2, hydrogen sulfide
or other contaminants present in the gas.
(b) General requirements. An operator using direct assessment as an assessment method to
address internal corrosion in a covered pipeline segment must follow the requirements in this
section and in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see §192.7), section 6.4 and appendix
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
B2. The ICDA process described in this section applies only for a segment of pipe transporting
nominally dry natural gas, and not for a segment with electrolyte nominally present in the gas
stream. If an operator uses ICDA to assess a covered segment operating with electrolyte present in
the gas stream, the operator must develop a plan that demonstrates how it will conduct ICDA in the
segment to effectively address internal corrosion, and must provide notification in accordance with
§192.921(a)(4) or §192.937(c)(4).
(c) The ICDA plan. An operator must develop and follow an ICDA plan that provides for
preassessment, identification of ICDA regions and excavation locations, detailed examination of
pipe at excavation locations, and post-assessment evaluation and monitoring.
(1) Preassessment. In the preassessment stage, an operator must gather and integrate data
and information needed to evaluate the feasibility of ICDA for the covered segment, and to support
use of a model to identify the locations along the pipe segment where electrolyte may accumulate, to
identify ICDA regions, and to identify areas within the covered segment where liquids may
potentially be entrained. This data and information includes, but is not limited to —
(i) All data elements listed in Appendix A2 of ASME/ANSI B31.8S;
(ii) Information needed to support use of a model that an operator must use to identify
areas along the pipeline where internal corrosion is most likely to occur. (See paragraph (a) of this
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(aa)

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition SUBPART O
section.) This information, includes, but is not limited to, location of all gas input and withdrawal
points on the line; location of all low points on covered segments such as sags, drips, inclines,
valves, manifolds, dead-legs, and traps; the elevation profile of the pipeline in sufficient detail that
angles of inclination can be calculated for all pipe segments; and the diameter of the pipeline, and
the range of expected gas velocities in the pipeline;
(iii) Operating experience data that would indicate historic upsets in gas conditions,
locations where these upsets have occurred, and potential damage resulting from these upset
conditions; and
(iv) Information on covered segments where cleaning pigs may not have been used or
where cleaning pigs may deposit electrolytes.
(2) ICDA region identification. An operator’s plan must identify where all ICDA Regions are
located in the transmission system, in which covered segments are located. An ICDA Region
extends from the location where liquid may first enter the pipeline and encompasses the entire area
along the pipeline where internal corrosion may occur and where further evaluation is needed. An
ICDA Region may encompass one or more covered segments. In the identification process, an
operator must use the model in GRI 02-0057, “Internal Corrosion Direct Assessment of Gas
Transmission Pipelines - Methodology,” (incorporated by reference, see §192.7). An operator may
use another model if the operator demonstrates it is equivalent to the one shown in GRI 02-0057. A
model must consider changes in pipe diameter, locations where gas enters a line (potential to
introduce liquid) and locations down stream of gas drawoffs (where gas velocity is reduced) to
define the critical pipe angle of inclination above which water film cannot be transported by the gas.
(3) Identification of locations for excavation and direct examination. An operator’s plan
must identify the locations where internal corrosion is most likely in each ICDA region. In the
location identification process, an operator must identify a minimum of two locations for excavation
within each ICDA Region within a covered segment and must perform a direct examination for
internal corrosion at each location, using ultrasonic thickness measurements, radiography, or other
generally accepted measurement technique. One location must be the low point (e.g., sags, drips,
valves, manifolds, dead-legs, traps) within the covered segment nearest to the beginning of the
ICDA Region. The second location must be further downstream, within a covered segment, near the
end of the ICDA Region. If corrosion exists at either location, the operator must —
(i) Evaluate the severity of the defect (remaining strength) and remediate the defect in
accordance with §192.933;
(ii) As part of the operator’s current integrity assessment either perform additional
excavations in each covered segment within the ICDA region, or use an alternative assessment
method allowed by this subpart to assess the line pipe in each covered segment within the ICDA
region for internal corrosion; and
(iii) Evaluate the potential for internal corrosion in all pipeline segments (both covered
and non-covered) in the operator’s pipeline system with similar characteristics to the ICDA region
containing the covered segment in which the corrosion was found, and as appropriate, remediate
the conditions the operator finds in accordance with §192.933.
(4) Post-assessment evaluation and monitoring. An operator’s plan must provide for
evaluating the effectiveness of the ICDA process and continued monitoring of covered segments
where internal corrosion has been identified. The evaluation and monitoring process includes —
(i) Evaluating the effectiveness of ICDA as an assessment method for addressing
internal corrosion and determining whether a covered segment should be reassessed at more
frequent intervals than those specified in §192.939. An operator must carry out this evaluation within
a year of conducting an ICDA; and
(ii) Continually monitoring each covered segment where internal corrosion has been
identified using techniques such as coupons, UT sensors or electronic probes, periodically drawing
off liquids at low points and chemically analyzing the liquids for the presence of corrosion products.
An operator must base the frequency of the monitoring and liquid analysis on results from all
integrity assessments that have been conducted in accordance with the requirements of this
subpart, and risk factors specific to the covered segment. If an operator finds any evidence of
corrosion products in the covered segment, the operator must take prompt action in accordance
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ab)

with one of the two following required actions and remediate the conditions the operator finds in
accordance with §192.933.
(A) Conduct excavations of covered segments at locations downstream from
where the electrolyte might have entered the pipe; or
(B) Assess the covered segment using another integrity assessment method
allowed by this subpart.
(5) Other requirements. The ICDA plan must also include —
(i) Criteria an operator will apply in making key decisions (e.g., ICDA feasibility,
definition of ICDA Regions, conditions requiring excavation) in implementing each stage of the ICDA
process;
(ii) Provisions for applying more restrictive criteria when conducting ICDA for the first
time on a covered segment and that become less stringent as the operator gains experience; and
(iii) Provisions that analysis be carried out on the entire pipeline in which covered
segments are present, except that application of the remediation criteria of §192.933 may be limited
to covered segments.
[Issued by Amdt. 192-95, 68 FR 69778, Dec. 15, 2003 with Amdt. 192-95 Correction, 69 FR 2307, Jan.
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.929
What are the requirements for using Direct Assessment for
Stress Corrosion Cracking (SCCDA)?
(a) Definition. Stress Corrosion Cracking Direct Assessment (SCCDA) is a process to assess a
covered pipe segment for the presence of SCC primarily by systematically gathering and analyzing
excavation data for pipe having similar operational characteristics and residing in a similar physical
environment.
(b) General requirements. An operator using direct assessment as an integrity assessment
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
method to address stress corrosion cracking in a covered pipeline segment must have a plan that
provides, at minimum, for —
(1) Data gathering and integration. An operator’s plan must provide for a systematic
process to collect and evaluate data for all covered segments to identify whether the conditions for
SCC are present and to prioritize the covered segments for assessment. This process must include
gathering and evaluating data related to SCC at all sites an operator excavates during the conduct of
its pipeline operations where the criteria in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by reference, see
§192.7), Appendix A3.3 indicate the potential for SCC. This data includes at minimum, the data
specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A3.
(2) Assessment method. The plan must provide that if conditions for SCC are identified in a
covered segment, an operator must assess the covered segment using an integrity assessment
method specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A3, and remediate the threat in accordance with
ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A3, section A3.4.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ac)

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.931
How may Confirmatory Direct Assessment (CDA) be used?
An operator using the confirmatory direct assessment (CDA) method as allowed in §192.937
must have a plan that meets the requirements of this section and of §§192.925 (ECDA) and §192.927
(ICDA).
(a) Threats. An operator may only use CDA on a covered segment to identify damage resulting
from external corrosion or internal corrosion.
(b) External corrosion plan. An operator’s CDA plan for identifying external corrosion must
comply with §192.925 with the following exceptions.
(1) The procedures for indirect examination may allow use of only one indirect examination
tool suitable for the application.
(2) The procedures for direct examination and remediation must provide that —
(i) All immediate action indications must be excavated for each ECDA region; and
(ii) At least one high risk indication that meets the criteria of scheduled action must
be excavated in each ECDA region.
(c) Internal corrosion plan. An operator’s CDA plan for identifying internal corrosion must
comply with §192.927 except that the plan’s procedures for identifying locations for excavation may
require excavation of only one high risk location in each ICDA region.
(d) Defects requiring near-term remediation. If an assessment carried out under paragraph (b)
or (c) of this section reveals any defect requiring remediation prior to the next scheduled
assessment, the operator must schedule the next assessment in accordance with NACE RP0502-
2002 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7), section 6.2 and 6.3. If the defect requires immediate
remediation, then the operator must reduce pressure consistent with §192.933 until the operator has
completed reassessment using one of the assessment techniques allowed in §192.937.
15, 2004; Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ad)

§192.933
What actions must be taken to address integrity issues?
(a) General requirements. An operator must take prompt action to address all anomalous
conditions that the operator discovers through the integrity assessment. In addressing all
conditions, an operator must evaluate all anomalous conditions and remediate those that could
reduce a pipeline’s integrity. An operator must be able to demonstrate that the remediation of the
condition will ensure that the condition is unlikely to pose a threat to the integrity of the pipeline
until the next reassessment of the covered segment. If an operator is unable to respond within the
time limits for certain conditions specified in this section, the operator must temporarily reduce the
operating pressure of the pipeline or take other action that ensures the safety of the covered
segment. If pressure is reduced, an operator must determine the temporary reduction in operating
pressure using ASME/ANSI B31G (incorporated by reference, see §192.7) or AGA Pipeline Research
Committee Project PR-3-805 ("RSTRENG"; incorporated by reference, see §192.7) or reduce the
operating pressure to a level not exceeding 80% of the level at the time the condition was
discovered. (See Appendix A to this part 192 for information on availability of incorporation by
reference information). A reduction in operating pressure cannot exceed 365 days without an
operator providing a technical justification that the continued pressure restriction will not jeopardize
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
the integrity of the pipeline.
(b) Discovery of condition. Discovery of a condition occurs when an operator has adequate
information about a condition to determine that the condition presents a potential threat to the
integrity of the pipeline. A condition that presents a potential threat includes, but is not limited to,
those conditions that require remediation or monitoring listed under paragraphs (d)(1) through (d)(3)
of this section. An operator must promptly, but no later than 180 days after conducting an integrity
assessment, obtain sufficient information about a condition to make that determination, unless the
operator demonstrates that the 180-day period is impracticable.
(c) Schedule for evaluation and remediation. An operator must complete remediation of a
condition according to a schedule that prioritizes the conditions for evaluation and remediation.
Unless a special requirement for remediating certain conditions applies, as provided in paragraph
(d) of this section, an operator must follow the schedule in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by
reference, see §192.7), section 7, Figure 4. If an operator cannot meet the schedule for any condition,
the operator must justify the reasons why it cannot meet the schedule and that the changed
schedule will not jeopardize public safety. An operator must notify OPS in accordance with §
192.949 if it cannot meet the schedule and cannot provide safety through a temporary reduction in
operating pressure or other action. An operator must also notify a State or local pipeline safety
authority when either a covered segment is located in a State where OPS has an interstate agent
agreement, or an intrastate covered segment is regulated by that State.
(d) Special requirements for scheduling remediation.
(1) Immediate repair conditions. An operator’s evaluation and remediation schedule must
follow ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 7 in providing for immediate repair conditions. To maintain
safety, an operator must temporarily reduce operating pressure in accordance with paragraph (a) of
this section or shut down the pipeline until the operator completes the repair of these conditions. An
operator must treat the following conditions as immediate repair conditions:
(i) A calculation of the remaining strength of the pipe shows a predicted failure
pressure less than or equal to1.1 times the maximum allowable operating pressure at the location of
the anomaly. Suitable remaining strength calculation methods include, ASME/ANSI B31G;
RSTRENG; or an alternative equivalent method of remaining strength calculation. These documents
are incorporated by reference and available at the addresses listed in Appendix A to Part 192.
(ii) A dent that has any indication of metal loss, cracking or a stress riser.
(iii) An indication or anomaly that in the judgment of the person designated by the
operator to evaluate the assessment results requires immediate action.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ae)

(2) One-year conditions. Except for conditions listed in paragraph (d)(1) and (d)(3) of this
section, an operator must remediate any of the following within one year of discovery of the
condition:
(i) A smooth dent located between the 8 o’clock and 4 o’clock positions (upper 2/3 of
the pipe) with a depth greater than 6% of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches in depth for
a pipeline diameter less than Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 12).
(ii) A dent with a depth greater than 2% of the pipeline's diameter (0.250 inches in
depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12) that affects pipe curvature at a girth weld or at a
longitudinal seam weld.
(3) Monitored conditions. An operator does not have to schedule the following conditions
for remediation, but must record and monitor the conditions during subsequent risk assessments
and integrity assessments for any change that may require remediation:
(i) A dent with a depth greater than 6% of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50
inches in depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12) located between the 4 o’clock position and
the 8 o’clock position (bottom 1/3 of the pipe).
(ii) A dent located between the 8 o’clock and 4 o’clock positions (upper 2/3 of the
pipe) with a depth greater than 6% of the pipeline diameter (greater than 0.50 inches in depth for a
pipeline diameter less than Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) 12), and engineering analyses of the dent
demonstrate critical strain levels are not exceeded.
(iii) A dent with a depth greater than 2% of the pipeline’s diameter (0.250 inches in
depth for a pipeline diameter less than NPS 12) that affects pipe curvature at a girth weld or a
longitudinal seam weld, and engineering analyses of the dent and girth or seam weld demonstrate
critical strain levels are not exceeded. These analyses must consider weld properties.
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.935
What additional preventive and mitigative measures must an operator take?
(a) General requirements. An operator must take additional measures beyond those already
required by Part 192 to prevent a pipeline failure and to mitigate the consequences of a pipeline
failure in a high consequence area. An operator must base the additional measures on the threats
the operator has identified to each pipeline segment. (See §192.917.) An operator must conduct, in
accordance with one of the risk assessment approaches in ASME/ANSI B31.8S (incorporated by
reference, see §192.7), section 5, a risk analysis of its pipeline to identify additional measures to
protect the high consequence area and enhance public safety. Such additional measures include,
but are not limited to, installing Automatic Shut-off Valves or Remote Control Valves, installing
computerized monitoring and leak detection systems, replacing pipe segments with pipe of heavier
wall thickness, providing additional training to personnel on response procedures, conducting drills
with local emergency responders and implementing additional inspection and maintenance
programs.
(b) Third party damage and outside force damage.
(1) Third party damage. An operator must enhance its damage prevention program, as
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(af) --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

required under §192.614 of this part, with respect to a covered segment to prevent and minimize the
consequences of a release due to third party damage. Enhanced measures to an existing damage
prevention program include, at a minimum —
(i) Using qualified personnel (see §192.915) for work an operator is conducting that
could adversely affect the integrity of a covered segment, such as marking, locating, and direct
supervision of known excavation work.
(ii) Collecting in a central database information that is location specific on excavation
damage that occurs in covered and non covered segments in the transmission system and the root
cause analysis to support identification of targeted additional preventative and mitigative measures
in the high consequence areas. This information must include recognized damage that is not
required to be reported as an incident under part 191.
(iii) Participating in one-call systems in locations where covered segments are
present.
(iv) Monitoring of excavations conducted on covered pipeline segments by pipeline
personnel. If an operator finds physical evidence of encroachment involving excavation that the
operator did not monitor near a covered segment, an operator must either excavate the area near the
encroachment or conduct an above ground survey using methods defined in NACE RP0502–2002
(incorporated by reference, see §192.7). An operator must excavate, and remediate, in accordance
with ANSI/ASME B31.8S and §192.933 any indication of coating holidays or discontinuity warranting
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
direct examination.
(2) Outside force damage. If an operator determines that outside force (e.g., earth
movement, floods, unstable suspension bridge) is a threat to the integrity of a covered segment, the
operator must take measures to minimize the consequences to the covered segment from outside
force damage. These measures include, but are not limited to, increasing the frequency of aerial,
foot or other methods of patrols, adding external protection, reducing external stress, and relocating
the line.
(c) Automatic shut-off valves (ASV) or Remote control valves (RCV). If an operator determines,
based on a risk analysis, that an ASV or RCV would be an efficient means of adding protection to a
high consequence area in the event of a gas release, an operator must install the ASV or RCV. In
making that determination, an operator must, at least, consider the following factors — swiftness of
leak detection and pipe shutdown capabilities, the type of gas being transported, operating
pressure, the rate of potential release, pipeline profile, the potential for ignition, and location of
nearest response personnel.
(d) Pipelines operating below 30% SMYS. An operator of a transmission pipeline operating
below 30% SMYS located in a high consequence area must follow the requirements in paragraphs
(d)(1) and (d)(2) of this section. An operator of a transmission pipeline operating below 30% SMYS
located in a Class 3 or Class 4 area but not in a high consequence area must follow the
requirements in paragraphs (d)(1), (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section.
(1) Apply the requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) and (b)(1)(iii) of this section to the
pipeline; and
(2) Either monitor excavations near the pipeline, or conduct patrols as required by §192.705
of the pipeline at bi-monthly intervals. If an operator finds any indication of unreported construction
activity, the operator must conduct a follow up investigation to determine if mechanical damage has
occurred.
(3) Perform semi-annual leak surveys (quarterly for unprotected pipelines or cathodically
protected pipe where electrical surveys are impractical).
(e) Plastic transmission pipeline. An operator of a plastic transmission pipeline must apply the
requirements in paragraphs (b)(1)(i), (b)(1)(iii) and (b)(1)(iv) of this section to the covered segments
of the pipeline.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ag)

GUIDE MATERIAL
1 ADDITIONAL PREVENTIVE AND MITIGATIVE (P&M) MEASURES (§192.935(a) and (c))
To comply with §192.935, an operator must conduct a risk analysis of all pipelines within HCAs, and
determine for each applicable threat on each covered segment whether any of the following (which
exceed the requirements of other subparts of Part 192) will prevent pipeline failure or mitigate the
consequences of such a failure.
(a) Installation of an automatic shut-off valve (ASV) or a remote control valve (RCV).
(1) To comply with §192.935(c), an operator must consider the following factors in determining if
an ASV or RCV would be an efficient means of adding protection in an HCA.
(i) Swiftness of leak detection. Example: There may be no advantage to installing an ASV or
RCV on segments where adequate SCADA or other monitoring methods allow for quick
operator response to leakage.
(ii) Shutdown capabilities in the area. Example: An ASV or RCV might not make shutdown
any faster or easier in locations where adequate valving and easy access already exists.
(iii) Type of gas. Example: An ASV or RCV might mitigate the environmental impact of
leakage on a pipeline carrying heavier-than-air gases.
(iv) Operating pressure. Example: Higher-pressure lines hold a larger volume of gas. An ASV
or RCV on such a line may reduce the volume of release and potential for ignition.
(v) Potential release rate. Example: Installing an ASV or RCV may affect the duration of the
potential release rate.
(vi) Pipeline profile. Example: Heavier-than-air gases can pool in low elevation spots. An ASV
or RCV in such locations may allow faster shut off and, therefore, less accumulation of
gas.
(vii) Potential for ignition. Example: Areas that have known sources of ignition (e.g., foundries)
might benefit from an ASV or RCV.
(viii) Location of nearest response personnel. Example: Locations where operator response is
timely may not benefit from the installation of an ASV or RCV.
(2) An operator may also consider the following.
(i) Seasonal weather restrictions that can impede access.
(ii) Depth of pipe as it relates to access for squeeze-off.
(iii) River crossings or other geographical features that affect access for maintenance or
response.
(iv) Proximity of the HCA to existing valves.
(v) Population density.
(vi) Wide pressure fluctuations due to normal operating conditions (e.g., power plant
locations).
(vii) Maintenance, reliability, and cost-benefit issues.
(b) Installation of computerized monitoring and leak detection systems.
An operator may consider the following, which could provide earlier leak or pipeline rupture
detection.
(1) Increasing the locations monitored by SCADA.
(2) Automating data gathering from other monitoring devices such as pressure transmitters.
(c) Replacing pipe with that of heavier wall thickness, which is more resistant to damage from external
forces.
(d) Providing additional training on response procedures.
An operator may consider the following.
(1) Increasing the frequency of emergency response training.
(2) Conducting tabletop or field drills.
(3) Hiring a third party with expertise in emergency response to conduct training.
(4) Attending emergency response training offered by industry associations.
(e) Conducting drills with local emergency responders.
The operator may consider the following.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ah)

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(1) Including the drill as part of liaison meetings with emergency responders.
(2) Working with local multi-agency, emergency coordination groups.
(3) Incorporating the drill into local fire or police academy curriculum.
(f) Implementing additional inspection and maintenance programs.
The operator may consider the following.
(1) Increasing leak survey frequencies.
(2) Increasing patrol frequencies.
(3) Using procedures with more stringent criteria than required by the Regulations.
(4) Increasing facility inspection frequencies.
2 THIRD PARTY DAMAGE (§192.935(b)(1))
To comply with §192.935(b)(1) for the specific threat of third party damage, an operator must do the
following.
(a) Qualify personnel to conduct the following activities related to work the operator is conducting in a
covered segment.
(1) Locating the pipeline.
(2) Marking the pipeline.
(3) Directly supervising known excavation work. A qualification for this activity might include the
following.
(i) Recognition of line-locate markings.
(ii) Knowledge of One-Call requirements.
(iii) Knowledge of operator’s applicable procedures, including emergency response.
(iv) Understanding the risks of various excavation methods.
(4) Other activities that could adversely affect the integrity of the pipeline.
(b) Use a central database to collect the following.
(1) Excavation damage information for covered and non-covered segments. This might include the
following.
(i) Number of leaks or ruptures.
(ii) Number of known damages not resulting in leaks or ruptures.
(iii) Excavation method.
(iv) Name of excavator causing damage.
(2) Root cause analysis data to identify targeted P&M measures for HCAs. This might include the
number of damages where:
(i) No line locate was requested.
(ii) Line was incorrectly marked.
(iii) Line was not marked.
(iv) Construction procedures were not followed correctly (e.g., exposing lines during boring).
(3) Damage data that is not DOT reportable (reference Part 191 requirements). This might include
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
known items such as the following.

(i) Dents.
(ii) Gouges.
(iii) Coating damage.
(iv) Damage to pipeline supports or river anchors.
(c) Participate in a One-Call program wherever there are covered segments.
(d) Monitor excavations on covered segments. An operator may want to consider the following.
(1) Mapping HCAs so field personnel can easily recognize when they are in an area that requires
monitoring.
(2) Creating a business process that alerts the appropriate departments of pending excavations.
(3) Working with the local One-Call center to notify excavators and operators when monitoring is
required.
(4) Training line locators to notify appropriate personnel when they know work will take place in an
HCA.
(5) Documenting excavation monitoring using one or more of the following.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ai)

(i) Time card accounting.

(ii) Special forms.
(iii) Time-stamped electronic data.
(iv) Maps.
(e) When there is physical evidence of an excavation near a covered segment that the operator did not
monitor, either excavate the area or conduct an aboveground survey as defined in NACE RP-0502-
2002 (e.g., DCVG). Examples of how to identify an encroachment might include the following.
(1) New pavement patches.
(2) Heavy equipment on site.
(3) Disturbed earth.
(4) New structures requiring excavation (e.g., fence posts, telephone poles, buildings, slabs).
(5) Exposed pipe.
(6) New landscaping.
(7) One-Call documentation.
3 OUTSIDE FORCE DAMAGE (§192.935(b)(2))

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
To comply with §192.935(b)(2) for the specific threat of outside force damage (e.g., earth movement,
floods, unstable suspension bridge), an operator must take additional measures to minimize the
consequences of outside force.
(a) The measures include the following.
(1) Increasing the frequency of patrols. This may allow faster recognition of damage.
(2) Adding external protection. This might include the following.
(i) Installing fencing or other barriers to impede earth movement.
(ii) External slabs or additional cover.
(3) Reducing external stress. This might include the following.
(i) Installing expansion joints.
(ii) Removing overburden.
(4) Relocating the pipeline to an area with less exposure to outside forces. This might include
lowering or raising the pipeline.
(b) An operator may also consider installing the following.
(1) River anchors where appropriate.
(2) Elevated relief or vent stacks on regulator stations.
(3) Additional bridge hangers or pipe supports.
4 PIPELINES OPERATING BELOW 30% SMYS (§192.935(d))
Pipelines operating below 30% SMYS have additional requirements as follows.

(a) For all Class locations in an HCA, the following apply.
(1) Qualify personnel to conduct the following activities related to work the operator is conducting
in a covered segment.
(i) Locating the pipeline.
(ii) Marking the pipeline.
(iii) Directly supervising known excavation work. A qualification for this activity might include
the following.
(A) Recognition of line-locate markings.
(B) Knowledge of One-Call requirements.
(C) Knowledge of operator’s applicable procedures, including emergency response.
(D) Understanding the risks of various excavation methods.
(iv) Other activities that could adversely affect the integrity of the pipeline.
(2) Participate in a One-Call program wherever there are covered segments.
(3) Either monitor excavations near the pipeline, or conduct patrols on a bi-monthly frequency. Any
indication of unreported construction activity requires an investigation to determine if any
damage has occurred.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(aj)

(b) For Class 3 or Class 4 areas outside of an HCA.

(1) Qualify personnel to conduct the following activities related to work the operator is conducting
in covered segment.
(i) Locating the pipeline.
(ii) Marking the pipeline.
(iii) Directly supervising known excavation work. A qualification for this activity might include
the following.
(A) Recognition of line-locate markings.
(B) Knowledge of One-Call requirements.
(C) Knowledge of operator’s applicable procedures, including emergency response.
(D) Understanding the risks of various excavation methods.
(iv) Other activities that could adversely affect the integrity of the pipeline.
(2) Participate in a One-Call program wherever there are covered segments.
(3) Either monitor excavations near the pipeline, or conduct patrols on a bi-monthly frequency. Any
indication of unreported construction activity requires an investigation to determine if any
damage has occurred.
(4) Perform semi-annual leak surveys. For unprotected or cathodically protected pipe where
electrical surveys are impractical, perform quarterly leak surveys.
(c) See Table 192.935i.
5 PLASTIC TRANSMISSION LINES (§192.935(e))
Plastic transmission lines have additional requirements as follows.

(a) Qualify personnel to conduct the following activities related to work the operator is conducting in a
covered segment.
(1) Locating the pipeline.
(2) Marking the pipeline.
(3) Directly supervising known excavation work. A qualification for this activity might include the
following.
(i) Recognition of line-locate markings.
(ii) Knowledge of One-Call requirements.
(iii) Knowledge of operator’s applicable procedures, including emergency response.
(iv) Understanding the risks of various excavation methods.
(4) Other activities that could adversely affect the integrity of the pipeline.
(b) Participate in a One-Call program wherever there are covered segments.
(c) Monitor excavations on covered segments. An operator may want to consider the following.
(1) Mapping HCAs so field personnel can easily recognize when they are in an area that requires
monitoring.
(2) Creating a business process that alerts the appropriate departments of pending excavations.
(3) Working with the local One-Call center to notify excavators and operators when monitoring is
required.
(4) Training line locators to notify appropriate personnel when they know work will take place in an
HCA.
(5) Documenting excavation monitoring by using one or more of the following.
(i) Time card accounting.
(ii) Special forms.
(iii) Time-stamped electronic data.
(iv) Maps.
(d) When there is physical evidence of an encroachment on a covered segment that the operator did
not monitor, excavate the area to determine if any damage has occurred. Examples of how to
identify an encroachment include the following.
(1) New pavement patches.
(2) Heavy equipment on site.
(3) Disturbed earth.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ak)

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

(4) New structures requiring excavation (e.g., fence posts, telephone poles, buildings, slabs).
(5) Exposed pipe.
(6) New landscaping.
(7) One-call documentation.
(e) See Table 192.935i.
ADDITIONAL P&M MEASURES FOR

TRANSMISSION PIPELINES OPERATING BELOW 30% SMYS AND
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
PLASTIC TRANSMISSION LINES

Use Additional
General Participate Monitor Excavations
Location Qualified Leak
Requirements in One-Call or Additional Patrol
Personnel Survey
Class 1 & 2 X X X X
in HCA
Class 1 & 2
outside HCA
Class 3 & 4 X X X X
in HCA
Class 3 & 4 X X X X
outside HCA
Plastic X X X X (monitor only)*

Transmission
*The option of patrolling is not available for plastic transmission lines.
TABLE 192.935i
§192.937
What is a continual process of evaluation and assessment to
maintain a pipeline’s integrity?
(a) General. After completing the baseline integrity assessment of a covered segment, an
operator must continue to assess the line pipe of that segment at the intervals specified in §192.939
and periodically evaluate the integrity of each covered pipeline segment as provided in paragraph (b)
of this section. An operator must reassess a covered segment on which a prior assessment is
credited as a baseline under §192.921(e) by no later than December 17, 2009. An operator must
reassess a covered segment on which a baseline assessment is conducted during the baseline
period specified in §192.921(d) by no later than seven years after the baseline assessment of that
covered segment unless the evaluation under paragraph (b) of this section indicates earlier
reassessment.
(b) Evaluation. An operator must conduct a periodic evaluation as frequently as needed to
assure the integrity of each covered segment. The periodic evaluation must be based on a data
integration and risk assessment of the entire pipeline as specified in §192.917. For plastic
transmission pipelines, the periodic evaluation is based on the threat analysis specified in
192.917(d). For all other transmission pipelines, the evaluation must consider the past and present
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(al)

integrity assessment results, data integration and risk assessment information (§192.917), and
decisions about remediation (§192.933) and additional preventive and mitigative actions (§192.935).
An operator must use the results from this evaluation to identify the threats specific to each covered
segment and the risk represented by these threats.
(c) Assessment methods. In conducting the integrity reassessment, an operator must assess
the integrity of the line pipe in the covered segment by any of the following methods as appropriate
for the threats to which the covered segment is susceptible (see §192.917), or by confirmatory direct
assessment under the conditions specified in §192.931.
(1) Internal inspection tool or tools capable of detecting corrosion, and any other threats to
which the covered segment is susceptible. An operator must follow ASME/ANSI B31.8S
(incorporated by reference, see §192.7), section 6.2 in selecting the appropriate internal inspection
tools for the covered segment.
(2) Pressure test conducted in accordance with subpart J of this part. An operator must use
the test pressures specified in Table 3 of section 5 of ASME/ANSI B31.8S, to justify an extended
reassessment interval in accordance with §192.939.
(3) Direct assessment to address threats of external corrosion, internal corrosion, or stress
corrosion cracking. An operator must conduct the direct assessment in accordance with the
requirements listed in §192.923 and with as applicable, the requirements specified in §§192.925,
192.927 or 192.929;
(4) Other technology that an operator demonstrates can provide an equivalent
understanding of the condition of the line pipe. An operator choosing this option must notify the
Office of Pipeline Safety (OPS) 180 days before conducting the assessment, in accordance with
§192.949. An operator must also notify a State or local pipeline safety authority when either a
covered segment is located in a State where OPS has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate
covered segment is regulated by that State.
(5) Confirmatory direct assessment when used on a covered segment that is scheduled for
reassessment at a period longer than seven years. An operator using this reassessment method
must comply with §192.931.
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.939
What are the required reassessment intervals?
An operator must comply with the following requirements in establishing the reassessment
interval for the operator’s covered pipeline segments.
(a) Pipelines operating at or above 30% SMYS. An operator must establish a reassessment
interval for each covered segment operating at or above 30% SMYS in accordance with the
requirements of this section. The maximum reassessment interval by an allowable reassessment
method is seven years. If an operator establishes a reassessment interval that is greater than seven
years, the operator must, within the seven-year period, conduct a confirmatory direct assessment on
the covered segment, and then conduct the follow-up reassessment at the interval the operator has
established. A reassessment carried out using confirmatory direct assessment must be done in
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(am)
accordance with §192.931. The table that follows this section sets forth the maximum allowed
reassessment intervals.
(1) Pressure test or internal inspection or other equivalent technology. An operator that
uses pressure testing or internal inspection as an assessment method must establish the
reassessment interval for a covered pipeline segment by —
(i) Basing the interval on the identified threats for the covered segment (see §192.917)
and on the analysis of the results from the last integrity assessment and from the data integration
and risk assessment required by §192.917; or
(ii) Using the intervals specified for different stress levels of pipeline (operating at or
above 30% SMYS) listed in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 5, Table 3.
(2) External Corrosion Direct Assessment. An operator that uses ECDA that meets the
requirements of this subpart must determine the reassessment interval according to the
requirements in paragraphs 6.2 and 6.3 of NACE RP0502-2002 (incorporated by reference, see
§192.7).
(3) Internal Corrosion or SCC Direct Assessment. An operator that uses ICDA or SCCDA in
accordance with the requirements of this subpart must determine the reassessment interval
according to the following method. However, the reassessment interval cannot exceed those
specified for direct assessment in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, section 5, Table 3.
(i) Determine the largest defect most likely to remain in the covered segment and the
corrosion rate appropriate for the pipe, soil and protection conditions;
(ii) Use the largest remaining defect as the size of the largest defect discovered in the
SCC or ICDA segment; and
(iii) Estimate the reassessment interval as half the time required for the largest defect
to grow to a critical size.
(b) Pipelines Operating Below 30% SMYS. An operator must establish a reassessment interval
for each covered segment operating below 30% SMYS in accordance with the requirements of this
section. The maximum reassessment interval by an allowable reassessment method is seven years.
An operator must establish reassessment by at least one of the following —
(1) Reassessment by pressure test, internal inspection or other equivalent technology
following the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this section except that the stress level referenced
in (a)(1)(ii) would be adjusted to reflect the lower operating stress level. If an established interval is
more than seven years, the operator must conduct by the seventh year of the interval either a
confirmatory direct assessment in accordance with §192.931, or a low stress reassessment in
accordance with §192.941.
(2) Reassessment by ECDA following the requirements in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
(3) Reassessment by ICDA or SCCDA following the requirements in paragraph (a)(3) of this
section.
(4) Reassessment by confirmatory direct assessment at 7-year intervals in accordance with
§192.931, with reassessment by one of the methods listed in paragraphs (b)(1 ) through (b)(3) of this
section by year 20 of the interval.
(5) Reassessment by the low stress assessment method at 7-year intervals in accordance
with §192.941 with reassessment by one of the methods listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of
this section by year 20 of the interval. The following table sets forth the maximum reassessment
intervals. Also refer to Appendix E.II for guidance on Assessment Methods and Assessment
Schedule for Transmission Pipelines Operating Below 30% SMYS. In case of conflict between the
rule and the guidance in the Appendix, the requirements of the rule control. An operator must
comply with the following requirements in establishing a reassessment interval for a covered
segment:
(6) An operator must comply with the following requirements in establishing a
reassessment interval for a covered segment:
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(an) --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Maximum Reassessment Interval

Assessment Pipeline operating at or Pipeline operating at or Pipeline operating
Method above 50% SMYS above 30% SMYS, up below 30% SMYS
to 50% SMYS
Internal Inspection 10 years(*) 15 years(*) 20 years(**)
Tool, Pressure
Test or Direct
Assessment
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Confirmatory 7 years 7 years 7 years
Direct Assessment
Low Stress Not Applicable Not Applicable 7 years + ongoing
Reassessment actions specified in
§192.941
(*) A Confirmatory direct assessment as described in §192.931 must be conducted by year 7 in
a 10-year interval and years 7 and 14 of a 15-year interval.
(**) A low stress reassessment or Confirmatory direct assessment must be conducted by years
7 and 14 of the interval.
15, 2004 and Amdt. 192-95 Correction & Petition for Reconsideration, 69 FR 18228, Apr. 6, 2004
Amdt. 192-103]
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.941
What is a low stress reassessment?
(a) General. An operator of a transmission line that operates below 30% SMYS may use the
following method to reassess a covered segment in accordance with §192.939. This method of
reassessment addresses the threats of external and internal corrosion. The operator must have
conducted a baseline assessment of the covered segment in accordance with the requirements of
§§192.919 and 192.921.
(b) External corrosion. An operator must take one of the following actions to address external
corrosion on the low stress covered segment.
(1) Cathodically protected pipe. To address the threat of external corrosion on cathodically
protected pipe in a covered segment, an operator must perform an electrical survey (i.e. indirect
examination tool/method) at least every 7 years on the covered segment. An operator must use the
results of each survey as part of an overall evaluation of the cathodic protection and corrosion
threat for the covered segment. This evaluation must consider, at minimum, the leak repair and
inspection records, corrosion monitoring records, exposed pipe inspection records, and the pipeline
environment.
(2) Unprotected pipe or cathodically protected pipe where electrical surveys are impractical.
If an electrical survey is impractical on the covered segment an operator must —
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ao)

(i) Conduct leakage surveys as required by §192.706 at 4-month intervals; and

(ii) Every 18 months, identify and remediate areas of active corrosion by evaluating
leak repair and inspection records, corrosion monitoring records, exposed pipe inspection records,
and the pipeline environment.
(c) Internal Corrosion. To address the threat of internal corrosion on a covered segment, an
operator must —
(1) Conduct a gas analysis for corrosive agents at least once each calendar year;
(2) Conduct periodic testing of fluids removed from the segment. At least once each
calendar year test the fluids removed from each storage field that may affect a covered segment;
and
(3) At least every seven (7) years, integrate data from the analysis and testing required by
paragraphs (c)(1)- (c)(2) with applicable internal corrosion leak records, incident reports, safety-
related condition reports, repair records, patrol records, exposed pipe reports, and test records, and
define and implement appropriate remediation actions.
GUIDE MATERIAL
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
§192.943
When can an operator deviate from these reassessment intervals?
(a) Waiver from reassessment interval in limited situations. In the following limited instances,
OPS may allow a waiver from a reassessment interval required by §192.939 if OPS finds a waiver
would not be inconsistent with pipeline safety.
(1) Lack of internal inspection tools. An operator who uses internal inspection as an
assessment method may be able to justify a longer reassessment period for a covered segment if
internal inspection tools are not available to assess the line pipe. To justify this, the operator must
demonstrate that it cannot obtain the internal inspection tools within the required reassessment
period and that the actions the operator is taking in the interim ensure the integrity of the covered
segment.
(2) Maintain product supply. An operator may be able to justify a longer reassessment
period for a covered segment if the operator demonstrates that it cannot maintain local product
supply if it conducts the reassessment within the required interval.
(b) How to apply. If one of the conditions specified in paragraph (a)(1) or (a)(2) of this section
applies, an operator may seek a waiver of the required reassessment interval. An operator must
apply for a waiver in accordance with 49 U.S.C. 60118(c), at least 180 days before the end of the
required reassessment interval, unless local product supply issues make the period impractical. If
local product supply issues make the period impractical, an operator must apply for the waiver as
soon as the need for the waiver becomes known.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ap)

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 GENERAL
OPS allows waivers in limited instances. A waiver is not required in the following situations.
(a) When reassessment intervals established are more frequent than those required by §192.939.
(b) Where an Integrity Management Program meets the criteria for exceptional performance in
§192.913.
2 CONDITIONS FOR A WAIVER
A waiver can be requested under the following conditions.

(a) Unavailability of internal inspection tools.
Operators may consider a general contract provision with their internal inspection tool service
provider that requires written notification of tool availability. However, to support the request for
waiver, an operator should consider obtaining documentation on the lack of availability from
multiple vendors. This documentation might include the following.
(1) Request for Proposal (RFP).
(2) Letters from vendors.
(3) Timeline of activities.
(b) Inability to maintain supply.
An operator should consider submitting documentation substantiating the basis and possible
duration that local gas supply cannot be maintained. Documentation might include the following.
(1) Operational flow control notifications from an upstream pipeline operator.
(2) Supply nominations.
(3) SCADA system data (i.e., flow rates and pressures).
(4) Weather conditions.
(5) Potential customer outages.
(6) Upstream service interruptions.
(7) Natural disasters.
3 WAIVER APPLICATIONS
(a) Applications for a waiver can be made as follows.

(1) From an interstate pipeline operator to OPS in accordance with 49 USC 60118(c) - Waivers
approved by Secretary.
(2) From an intrastate pipeline operator to its state authority in accordance with 49 USC 60118(d) -
Waivers approved by State Authorities. If the state does not have a current pipeline program
certification, the operator applies to OPS in accordance with 49 USC 60118(c).
(b) The application should include the following.
(1) Information about the pipeline segment and HCA involved.
(2) Supporting documentation.
(3) The date when an assessment will take place.
§192.945
What methods must an operator use to measure program effectiveness?
(a) General. An operator must include in its integrity management program methods to
measure, on a semi-annual basis, whether the program is effective in assessing and evaluating the
integrity of each covered pipeline segment and in protecting the high consequence areas. These
measures must include the four overall performance measures specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(aq)

(incorporated by reference, see §192.7), section 9.4, and the specific measures for each identified
threat specified in ASME/ANSI B31.8S, Appendix A. An operator must submit the four overall
performance measures, by electronic or other means, on a semi-annual frequency to OPS in
accordance with § 192.951. An operator must submit its first report on overall performance
measures by August 31, 2004. Thereafter, the performance measures must be complete through
June 30 and December 31 of each year and must be submitted within 2 months after those dates.
(b) External corrosion direct assessment. In addition to the general requirements for
performance measures in paragraph (a) of this section, an operator using direct assessment to
assess the external corrosion threat must define and monitor measures to determine the
effectiveness of the ECDA process. These measures must meet the requirements of §192.925.
Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
§192.947
What records must an operator keep?
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
An operator must maintain, for the useful life of the pipeline, records that demonstrate
compliance with the requirements of this subpart. At minimum, an operator must maintain the
following records for review during an inspection.
(a) A written integrity management program in accordance with §192.907;
(b) Documents supporting the threat identification and risk assessment in accordance with
§192.917;
(c) A written baseline assessment plan in accordance with§192.919;
(d) Documents to support any decision, analysis and process developed and used to
implement and evaluate each element of the baseline assessment plan and integrity management
program. Documents include those developed and used in support of any identification, calculation,
amendment, modification, justification, deviation and determination made, and any action taken to
implement and evaluate any of the program elements;
(e) Documents that demonstrate personnel have the required training, including a description
of the training program, in accordance with §192.915;
(f) Schedule required by §192.933 that prioritizes the conditions found during an assessment
for evaluation and remediation, including technical justifications for the schedule.
(g) Documents to carry out the requirements in §§192.923 through 192.929 for a direct
assessment plan;
(h) Documents to carry out the requirements in §192.931 for confirmatory direct assessment;
(i) Verification that an operator has provided any documentation or notification required by this
subpart to be provided to OPS, and when applicable, a State authority with which OPS has an
interstate agent agreement, and a State or local pipeline safety authority that regulates a covered
pipeline segment within that State.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(ar)

GUIDE MATERIAL
1 PROGRAM AND PROCESS RECORDS
1.1 General.
Operators should maintain, for the useful life of the pipeline, documents to support decisions, analyses,
and processes related to development, implementation, and evaluation of the integrity management
program.
1.2 Revisions to the Integrity Management Program (IMP).

Copies of revisions to the integrity management program should be kept for documentation. If changes
are made to the program as a result of revisions to standards or regulations, copies of the historical and
current versions of the standards should be kept. Note that significant changes to the operator’s
program require notification to OPS or state pipeline safety authorities. See guide material under
§192.949.
1.3 Threat identification and risk assessment.

Documentation for threat identification and risk assessment might include the following.
(a) Description of the process used for risk analysis.
(b) History of risk analysis results.
(c) Minutes from subject matter expert meetings.
(d) List of threats.
1.4 Baseline assessment plans.

Operators should retain and record the technical basis for changes to their baseline assessment plans.
Operators should retain adequate documentation to illustrate how their plans have changed and the
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
technical justification for those changes. Documentation might include historical and current records as
follows.
(a) Schedules.
(b) Threat lists and assessment methods.
(c) Direct assessment plans.
(d) Environmental and safety procedures.
2 TRAINING AND QUALIFICATION OF PERSONNEL
Documentation for employee training and qualification might include the following.
(a) Training curriculum.
(b) Training outlines.
(c) Training schedules.
(d) Sample tests.
(e) Employee training records.
3 ONGOING ACTIVITY
3.1 Evaluation and remediation.

Documentation for the evaluation and remediation schedule might include the following.
(a) List of conditions found.
(b) Repairs, monitoring, replacements, or pressure reductions performed.
(c) Priority of conditions.
(d) Scheduled evaluation or remediation date.
(e) Written justification for assigning priority.
3.2 Direct and confirmatory assessment.

Documentation for direct and confirmatory assessments might include the following.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(as)

(a) Procedures for assessment methods.

(b) Criteria for evaluating assessment results.
(c) Tool selection criteria.
(d) Forms or other documentation of field data.
4 REGULATORY CORRESPONDENCE
Documentation of correspondence with OPS and state pipeline safety authorities relating to integrity
management issues should be retained.
§192.949
How does an operator notify OPS?
An operator must provide any notification required by this subpart by —

(1) Sending the notification to the Information Resources Manager, Office of Pipeline
Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation,
Room 7128, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, DC 20590;
(2) Sending the notification to the Information Resources Manager by facsimile to (202) 366-
7128; or
(3) Entering the information directly on the Integrity Management Database (IMDB) web site
at http://primis.rspa.dot.gov/gasimp/.
15, 2004; RIN 2137-AD77, 70 FR 11135, Mar. 8, 2005]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 NOTIFICATION INFORMATION
See the following sections for information regarding specific notification requirements.
(a) Section 192.909, when the operator makes substantial changes to the Integrity Management
Program. Notifications include the following information.
(1) Operator name and ID.
(2) Description and reason for the program or schedule change.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(b) Sections 192.921 and 192.937, when the operator makes use of technologies for assessment
other than internal inspection tools, pressure tests, or direct assessment. Notifications include
the following information.
(2) Description and rationale for new technology.
(3) Where the technology will be used.
(4) Procedures for applying the technology.
(5) Procedures for qualifying persons performing the assessment and analyzing the results.
(c) Section 192.927, when ICDA is used to assess a covered segment with an electrolyte present in
the gas stream. Notifications include the following information.
(2) Description of system.
(3) Justification for using ICDA.
(4) How public safety will be maintained.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 262(at)

(d) Section 192.933, when the operator cannot meet the schedule and cannot provide safety
through temporary pressure reduction. Notifications include the following information.
(2) Reason why the schedule cannot be met or temporary pressure reduction cannot be
implemented.
(3) How public safety will be maintained.
2 NOTIFICATION METHODS
2.1 Notification to OPS.

An operator should use only one notification option to OPS; that is, by mail, telefacsimile, or online
submission. The website for online submission is http://primis.phmsa.dot.gov/gasimp.
2.2 Notification to state authorities.

Where OPS has an interstate agent agreement, or an intrastate covered segment is regulated by
that state, an operator must also notify the state pipeline safety authority. A reference for state
contacts is available at http://www.napsr.org.
3 REFERENCE
OPS Advisory Bulletin ADB-05-04 (70 FR 43939, July 29, 2005), accessible via the Federal Register
(FR) at www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/advanced.html.
§192.951
Where does an operator file a report?
[Effective Date3-8-05]
An operator must send any performance report required by this subpart to the Information
Resources Manager —
(1) By mail to the Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety
Administration, U.S. Department of Transportation, Room 7128, 400 Seventh Street S.W.,
Washington, DC 20590;
(2) Via facsimile to (202) 366-7128; or
(3) Through the online reporting system provided by OPS for electronic reporting available
at the OPS Home Page at http://ops.dot.gov.
15, 2004; RIN 2137-AD77, 70 FR 11135, Mar. 8, 2005]
GUIDE MATERIAL
1 REQUIRED REPORTS
See the following sections for information regarding specific reporting requirements.
(a) Section 192.945, regarding performance measures.
(b) Section 192.913, regarding additional performance measures for exceptional performance
programs.
(c) Sections 192.913 and 192.945 do not require reporting to state pipeline safety authorities.
However, intrastate operators should consider submitting a copy of the reports to their state
authorities.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 262(au)
2 REPORTING METHOD
An operator should use only one reporting option to OPS; that is, by mail, via facsimile, or by going
online electronically. Use the website listed in §192.949 to obtain the current mailing address or
facsimile telephone number for notifications.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

262(av)
GPTC GUIDE FOR GAS TRANSMISSION AND APPENDIX B
DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS: 2003 Edition PART 192
Appendix B to Part 192

Qualification of Pipe.
I. Listed Pipe Specifications

API 5L—Steel pipe, ‘‘API Specification for Line Pipe’’ (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
ASTM A53/A53M—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped,
Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless’’ (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
ASTM A106—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-
Temperature Service’’ (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
ASTM A333/A333M—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for
Low Temperature Service’’ (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
ASTM A381—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use with High-
Pressure Transmission Systems’’ (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
ASTM A671—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded [Steel] Pipe for
Atmospheric and Lower Temperatures’’ (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
ASTM A672—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-
Pressure Service at Moderate Temperatures’’ (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASTM A691—Steel pipe, ‘‘Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-
Welded for High-Pressure Service at High Temperatures’’ (incorporated by reference, see
§192.7).
ASTM D2513—Thermoplastic pipe and tubing, ‘‘Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Gas
Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings’’ (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
ASTM D2517—Thermosetting plastic pipe and tubing, ‘‘Standard Specification for Reinforced Epoxy
Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings’’ (incorporated by reference, see §192.7).
II. Steel Pipe of Unknown or Unlisted Specification

A. Bending Properties. For pipe 2 inches (51 millimeters) or less in diameter, a length of pipe
must be cold bent through at least 90 degrees around a cylindrical mandrel that has a diameter 12
times the diameter of the pipe, without developing cracks at any portion and without opening the
longitudinal weld.
For pipe more than 2 inches (51 millimeters) in diameter, the pipe must meet the requirements of the
flattening tests set forth in ASTM A53, except that the number of tests must be at least equal to the
minimum required in paragraph II-D of this appendix to determine yield strength.
B. Weldability. A girth weld must be made in the pipe by a welder who is qualified under
subpart E of this part. The weld must be made under the most severe conditions under which
welding will be allowed in the field and by means of the same procedure that will be used in the field.
On pipe more than 4 inches (102 millimeters) in diameter, at least one test weld must be made for
each 100 lengths of pipe. On pipe 4 inches (102 millimeters) or less in diameter, at least one test
weld must be made for each 400 lengths of pipe. The weld must be tested in accordance with API
Standard 1104 (incorporated by reference, see §192.7). If the requirements of API Standard 1104
cannot be met, weldability may be established by making chemical tests for carbon and manganese,
and proceeding in accordance with section IX of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
(incorporated by reference, see §192.7). The same number of chemical tests must be made as are
required for testing a girth weld.
C. Inspection. The pipe must be clean enough to permit adequate inspection. It must be
visually inspected to ensure that it is reasonably round and straight and there are no defects which
might impair the strength or tightness of the pipe.

D. Tensile Properties. If the tensile properties of the pipe are not known, the minimum yield
strength may be taken as 24,000 p.s.i. (165 MPa) or less, or the tensile properties may be established
by performing tensile tests as set forth in API Specification 5L (incorporated by reference, see
§192.7). All test specimens shall be selected at random and the following number of tests must be
performed:
Number of Tensile Tests - All Sizes

10 lengths or less 1 set of tests for each length.
11 to 100 lengths 1 set of tests for each 5 lengths,
but not less than 10 tests.
Over 100 lengths 1 set of tests for each 10 lengths,
but not less than 20 tests.
If the yield-tensile ratio, based on the properties determined by those tests, exceeds 0.85, the pipe
may be used only as provided in §192.55(c).
III. Steel pipe manufactured before November 12, 1970, to earlier editions of listed specifications.
Steel pipe manufactured before November 12, 1970, in accordance with a specification of which
a later edition is listed in section I of this Appendix, is qualified for use under this part if the
following requirements are met:
A. Inspection. The pipe must be clean enough to permit adequate inspection. It must be
visually inspected to ensure that it is reasonably round and straight and that there are no defects
which might impair the strength or tightness of the pipe.
B. Similarity of specification requirements. The edition of the listed specification under which
the pipe was manufactured must have substantially the same requirements with respect to the
following properties as a later edition of that specification listed in section I of this Appendix:
(1) Physical (mechanical) properties of pipe, including yield and tensile strength,
elongation, and yield to tensile ratio, and testing requirements to verify those properties.
(2) Chemical properties of pipe and testing requirements to verify those properties.
C. Inspection or test of welded pipe. On pipe with welded seams, one of the following
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
requirements must be met:

(1) The edition of the listed specification to which the pipe was manufactured must have
substantially the same requirements with respect to nondestructive inspection of welded seams and
the standards for acceptance or rejection and repair as a later edition of the specification listed in
section I of this Appendix.
(2) The pipe must be tested in accordance with subpart J of this part to at least 1.25 times
the maximum allowable operating pressure if it is to be installed in a Class 1 location and to at least
1.5 times the maximum allowable operating pressure if it is to be installed in a Class 2, 3, or 4
location. Notwithstanding any shorter time period permitted under subpart J of this part, the test
pressure must be maintained for at least 8 hours.
[Amdt. 192-3, 35 FR 17659, Nov. 17, 1970; Amdt. 192-12, 38 FR 4760, Feb. 22, 1973; Amdt. 192-19, 40
FR 10471, Mar. 6, 1975; Amdt. 192-22, 41 FR 13589, Mar. 31, 1976; Amdt. 192-32, 43 FR 18553, May 1,
1978; Amdt. 192-37, 46 FR 10157, Feb. 2, 1981; Amdt. 192-41, 47 FR 41381, Sept. 20, 1982; Amdt. 192-
51, 51 FR 15333, Apr. 23, 1986; Amdt. 192-61, 53 FR 36793, Sept. 22, 1988; Amdt. 192-62, 54 FR 5625,
Feb. 6, 1989; Amdt. 192-65, 54 FR 32344, Aug. 7, 1989; Amdt. 192-68, 58 FR 14519, Mar. 18, 1993;
Amdt. 192-76 Correction, 61 FR 36825, July 15, 1996; Amdt. 192-85, 63 FR 37500, July 13, 1998;
Amdt. 192-94, 69 FR 32886, June 14, 2004 with Amdt. 192-94 Correction, 69 FR 54591, Sept. 9, 2004;

Amdt. 192-103, 71 FR 33402, June 9, 2006]
GUIDE MATERIAL
For the specified minimum yield strength of various grades of steel pipe covered by Part 192 and
specifications listed in Section I of Appendix B to Part 192, see Guide Material Appendix G-192-2.
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 266(a) --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Reserved
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING FORM PHMSA F 7100.1-1
ANNUAL REPORT FOR CALENDAR YEAR 2005
GAS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
All references are to Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Reporting requirements are contained
in Part 191, “Transportation of Natural and Other Gas by Pipeline; Annual Reports, Incident Reports
and Safety Related Condition Reports.” Except as provided in §191.11(b), each operator of a natural
gas distribution line (see definitions below) must submit an annual report Form PHMSA F 7100.1-1 for
the preceding calendar year not later than March 15th. Be sure to report TOTAL miles of main
pipeline and services in the system at the end of the reporting year, including additions to the system
during the year. The annual reporting period is on a calendar basis ending on December 31st of each
year.
Reports for intrastate pipelines subject to the jurisdiction of a State agency pursuant to certification
under 49 U.S.C. § 60105 may be submitted in duplicate to the State agency if the regulations of that
agency require the submission of these reports and provide for further transmittal of one copy not later
than March 15th to the Information Resources Manager, Office of Pipeline Safety, Pipeline and
Hazardous Materials Safety Administration, Department of Transportation, 400 7th Street, S.W., Room
2103, PHP-10, Washington, DC 20590.
Use one of the following methods to submit your report. We prefer online reporting over
hardcopy submissions. If you prefer, then you can mail or fax your completed reports to
DOT/PHMSA.
Methods:
1. Online:
a. Navigate to the OPS Home Page http://ops.dot.gov, click the ONLINE DATA
ENTRY box at the top right corner of the screen
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
b. Click on the Annual Gas Distribution Systems Report name
c. Enter Operator ID and PIN
d. Click add to begin
e. Click submit when finished. NOTE: For supplemental reports use steps 1a and 1b
then click on the report ID to make corrections. Click save when finished.
f. A confirmation page will appear for you to print and save for your records
If you do file online, please do not mail or fax the completed report to DOT as this may
cause data entry errors.
2. Mail to:
DOT/PHMSA Office of Pipeline Safety
Information Resources Manager,
400 7th Street SW
Room 2103, PHP-10
3. Fax to: Information Resources Manager at (202) 366-4566.
GasDistAnnualInstructions 122005 Final 7100 1-1.doc 1

IMPORTANT: The Form PHMSA F 7100.1-1 has three total columns added to the form that we
revised this year:
1) Part B- System Description Section 1 now has a Total column” for summarizing rows,
3) Part B- System Description Section 3 now has a Total column” for summarizing rows.
If you need copies of the Form PHMSA F 7100.1-1 and/or instructions they can be found on the
Office of Pipeline Safety home page, http://ops.dot.gov, by clicking the FORMS tab or OPS
FORMS section of the ONLINE LIBRARY. If you have questions about this report or these
instructions, please call (202)366-8861 or (202)366-8075. Please type or print all entries when
submitting forms by mail.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
The following definitions are from § 192.3:
1. “Distribution line” means a pipeline other than a gathering or transmission line.
2. “Gathering line” means a pipeline that transports gas from a current production facility
to a transmission line or main.
3. “Transmission line” means a pipeline, other than a gathering line, that:

a. Transports gas from a gathering line or storage facility to a distribution center,
storage facility, or large volume customer that is not downstream from a distribution
center;
b. Operates at a hoop stress of 20 percent or more of SMYS; or
c. Transports gas within a storage field. A large volume customer may receive similar
volumes of gas as a distribution center, and includes factories, power plants, and
institutional users of gas.
4. “Operator” means a person who engages in the transportation of gas.
Make an entry in each block for which data are available. Estimate data if necessary. Avoid
entering mileage in the UNKNOWN columns, if possible. Some companies may have very old
pipe for which installation records do not exist. Estimate the total of such mileage in the
UNKNOWN section of item 4: “Miles of Main and Number of Services by Decade of Installation.”
Please round all mileage to the nearest 3 decimal positions. DO NOT USE FRACTIONS.
Examples of rounding are as follows: 3/8 should round to 0.375; 3/4 should round to 0.75 and ½
should round to 0.5.
The total miles of main and services reported in Part B sections 1 through 4 MUST all sum to the
same totals in the appropriate rows. Please do not to report miles of main in feet. If necessary,
please convert feet into a decimal notation (e.g. 1,320 feet = .25 miles).
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

Enter the Calendar Year for which the report is being filed. Check Initial Report if this is the
original filing for this calendar year. Check Supplemental Report if this is a follow-up to a
previously filed report to amend or correct information. On Supplemental Reports, please complete
Part A and only amended, revised, or added information for Parts B, C, D, E and F.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
PART A – OPERATOR INFORMATION
The operator's five digit identification number appears on the PHMSA mailing label (without
leading zeroes when less than 10000). If the person completing the report does not have the
operator identification number, they should contact the Information Resources Manager or PHMSA
at (202) 366-8075 for the five-digit operator identification number.
Provide the address where you would like PHMSA to mail forms and the phone number where
PHMSA can contact you regarding this report. The Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety
Administration assigns the operator’s five-digit identification number. Contact PHMSA at (202) 366-
8075 if you need assistance with determining your operator’s five-digit identification number.
Enter the State for which information is being reported. Submit a separate report for each
State in which the company operates a gas distribution pipeline system.
PART B – SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
“Coated” means pipe coated with any effective hot or cold applied dielectric coating or wrapper.
“PVC” means polyvinyl chloride plastic.
“PE” means polyethylene plastic.
“ABS” means acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
“Cathodically protected” applies to both “bare” and “coated.”
“Other” means a pipe of any material not specifically designated on the form. If you check “other
pipe,” describe it in Part F.
“Number of services” is the number of service lines, not the number of customers served.
Provide miles of main and numbers of services by decade installed in Part B, section 4.
If you do not know the decade of installation of the pipe because there are no records containing
such information, enter an estimate in the UNKNOWN column. The sum total of mileage and
numbers of services reported for Part B, section 4 should match total mileage and numbers of
services reported in sections 1, 2, and 3 in Part B.
PART C – TOTAL LEAKS ELIMINATED/REPAIRED DURING YEAR

A leak is defined as an unintentional escape of gas from the pipeline. A non-hazardous release that
can be eliminated by lubrication, adjustment, or tightening, is not a leak.
Include all leaks eliminated by repair, replacement or other reason during the reporting year. Also
include leaks reported on form PHMSA 7100.1, “Incident Report Gas Distribution Systems.” A
reportable incident is one described in §191.3. Do not include test failures.
Leaks are classified as:
CORROSION: leak resulting from a hole in the pipe or other component that galvanic, bacterial,
chemical, stray current, or other corrosive action causes.
NATURAL FORCES: leak resulting from earth movements, earthquakes, landslides, subsidence,
lightning, heavy rains/floods, washouts, flotation, mudslide, scouring, temperature, frost heave,
frozen components, high winds, or similar natural causes.
EXCAVATION: leak resulting from damage caused by earth moving or other equipment, tools, or
vehicles. Include leaks from damage by operator's personnel or contractor or people not associated
with the operator.
OTHER OUTSIDE FORCE DAMAGE: Include leaks caused by fire or explosion and deliberate
or willful acts, such as vandalism.
MATERIAL AND WELDS: leak resulting from failure of original sound material from force
applied during construction that caused a dent, gouge, excessive stress, or other defect that
eventually resulted in a leak. This includes leaks due to faulty wrinkle bends, faulty field welds,
and damage sustained in transportation to the construction or fabrication site. Also include leak
resulting from a defect in the pipe material, component, or the longitudinal weld or seam due to
faulty manufacturing procedures. Leaks from material deterioration, other then corrosion, after
exceeding the reasonable service life, are reported under Other.
EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS: leak resulting from malfunction of control/relief equipment

including valves, regulators, or other instrumentation; stripped threads or broken pipe couplings on
nipples, valves, or mechanical couplings; or seal failures on gaskets, O-rings, seal/pump packing,
or similar leaks. Also include leaks resulting from inadequate procedures or safety practices, or
failure to follow correct procedures, or other operator error.
OTHER: leak resulting from any other cause, such as exceeding the service life, not attributable to
the above causes.
PART D – TOTAL NUMBER OF LEAKS ON FEDERAL LAND REPAIRED/ELIMINATED

OR SCHEDULED FOR REPAIR
Federal Lands: As defined in 30 U.S.C. §185, federal lands means “all lands owned by the United
States except lands in the National Park System, lands held in trust for an Indian or Indian tribe, and
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

lands on the Outer Continental Shelf.” Indicate only those leaks repaired, eliminated, or scheduled for
repair during the reporting year, including those incidents reported on Form PHMSA F 7100.1.
PART E – PERCENT OF UNACCOUNTABLE FOR GAS
“Unaccounted for gas” is gas lost; that is, gas that the operator cannot account for as usage or through
appropriate adjustment. Adjustments are appropriately made for such factors as variations in
temperature, pressure, meter-reading cycles, or heat content; calculable losses from construction,
purging, line breaks, etc., where specific data are available to allow reasonable calculation or estimate;
or other similar factors.
State the amount of unaccounted for gas as a percent of total input for the 12 months ending June 30 of
the reporting year.
[(Purchased gas + produced gas) minus (customer use + company use + appropriate
adjustments)] divided by (purchased gas + produced gas) equals percent unaccounted for.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Do not report “gained” gas. If a net gain of gas is indicated by the calculations, report “0%” here.
(Decimal or fractional percentages may be entered.)
PART F – ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Include any additional information which will assist in clarifying or classifying the reported data.
PART G - PREPARER AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
PREPARER is the name of the person most knowledgeable about the report or the person to be
contacted for more information. Please include the direct phone number and email address.
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE may be the preparer, an officer, or other person whom the operator
has designated to review and sign reports. Please include the direct phone number and email address.
If submitting via the Online Data Entry System your Operator ID and PIN take the place of the
Authorized Signature.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Blank Sheet

Notice: This report is required by 49 CFR Part 191. Failure to report can result in a civil penalty not to exceed $1,000 for each violation Form Approved
for each day that such violation persists except that the maximum civil penalty shall not exceed $200,000 as provided in 49 USC 1678. OMB No. 2137-0522
ANNUAL REPORT FOR CALENDAR YEAR 20___ INITIAL REPORT

U.S. Department of Transportation
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety GAS TRANSMISSION & GATHERING SYSTEMS SUPPLEMENTAL REPORT
Administration
INSTRUCTIONS
Important: Please read the separate instructions for completing this form before you begin. They clarify the information
requested and provide specific examples. If you do not have a copy of the instructions, you can obtain one from
the Office of Pipeline Safety Web Page at http://ops.dot.gov.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
PART A - OPERATOR INFORMATION DOT USE ONLY

1. NAME AND COMPANY OR ESTABLISHMENT 4. OPERATOR'S 5 DIGIT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
/ / / / / /
2. LOCATION OF OFFICE WHERE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 5. HEADQUARTERS NAME & ADDRESS, IF DIFFERENT
MAY BE OBTAINED
Number & Street Number & Street
City & County City & County
State & Zip Code State & Zip Code
3. STATE IN WHICH SYSTEM OPERATES: / / / (provide a separate report for each state in which system operates)
PART B - SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Report miles of pipeline in system at end of year.
1. GENERAL - MILES OF PIPELINE IN THE SYSTEM AT END OF YEAR THAT ARE JURISDICTIONAL TO OPS
STEEL
CATHODICALLY CAST IRON PLASTIC
UNPROTECTED OTHER PIPE TOTAL
PROTECTED WROUGHT IRON PIPE PIPE
BARE COATED BARE COATED
TRANSMISSION
ONSHORE
OFFSHORE
GATHERING
ONSHORE
OFFSHORE
SYSTEM TOTALS
2. MILES OF PIPE BY NOMINAL SIZE
4” OR OVER 4” OVER 10” OVER 20” OVER
UNKNOWN TOTAL
LESS THRU 10” THRU 20” THRU 28” 28”
TRANSMISSION
ONSHORE
OFFSHORE
GATHERING
ONSHORE
OFFSHORE
SYSTEM TOTALS
3. MILES OF PIPE BY DECADE OF INSTALLATION
UNKNOWN PRE- 1940- 1950- 1960- 1970- 1980- 1990- 2000-
TOTAL
1940 1949 1959 1969 1979 1989 1999 2009
TRANSMISSION
ONSHORE
OFFSHORE
GATHERING
ONSHORE
OFFSHORE
SYSTEM TOTALS
4. MILES OF PIPE BY CLASS LOCATION
CLASS 1 CLASS 2 CLASS 3 CLASS 4 TOTAL
TRANSMISSION
ONSHORE
OFFSHORE N/A N/A N/A
GATHERING
ONSHORE
OFFSHORE N/A N/A N/A
SYSTEM TOTALS
Form PHMSA F 7100.2-1 (12/05) Continue on Next Page
Reproduction of this form is permitted.

PART C – TOTAL LEAKS ELIMINATED/REPAIRED DURING PART D - TOTAL NUMBER OF LEAKS ON FEDERAL LAND
YEAR OR OCS REPAIRED OR SCHEDULED FOR REPAIR
CAUSE OF TRANSMISSION GATHERING

LEAK ONSHORE OFFSHORE ONSHORE OFFSHORE 1. TRANSMISSION
CORROSION ONSHORE
NATURAL OFFSHORE
FORCES
EXCAVATION OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF
OTHER OUTSIDE 2. GATHERING

FORCE DAMAGE
MATERIAL AND ONSHORE

WELDS
EQUIPMENT AND OFFSHORE
OPERATIONS
OTHER OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF
PART E - NUMBER OF KNOWN SYSTEM LEAKS AT END OF

YEAR SCHEDULED FOR REPAIR
1. TRANSMISSION
2. GATHERING
PART F - PREPARER AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
(type or print) Preparer's Name and Title Area Code and Telephone Number
Preparer's E-mail Address Area Code and Facsimile Number
Name and Title of Person Signing Area Code and Telephone Number
Authorized Signature (type or print) Name and Title Date
Form PHMSA F 7100.2-1 (12/05)
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING FORM PHMSA F 7100.2-1 (Rev.12/05)
GAS TRANSMISSION AND GATHERING SYSTEMS
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Reporting requirements are in Part 191 of Title 49 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR)
Transportation of Natural and Other Gas by Pipeline: Annual Reports, Incident Reports, and
Safety-Related Condition Reports. Annual reports must be submitted by March 15th for the
preceding calendar year. Report TOTAL miles of pipeline in the system at the end of the
reporting year, including additions to the system during that year. Please note that Operators
operating less than one (1) mile of pipeline are not required to file an annual report.
Each transmission system or non-rural gathering system operator is required to file an annual
report. The terms operator, distribution line, gathering line, and transmission line are defined in
'192.3 of the CFR. If an operator determines that pipelines fall under the definition for
distribution lines, he or she should follow the instructions for Form PHMSA F 7100.1-1.
Use one of the following methods to submit your report. We prefer online reporting over
hardcopy submissions. If you prefer, then you can mail or fax your completed reports to
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
DOT/PHMSA.
Methods:
1. Online:
a. Navigate to the OPS Home Page http://ops.dot.gov, click the ONLINE DATA
ENTRY box at the top right corner of the screen
b. Click on the Annual Gas Transmission and Gathering Systems Report name
c. Enter Operator ID and PIN
d. Click add to begin
e. Click submit when finished. NOTE: For supplemental reports use steps 1a and
1b then click on the report ID to make corrections. Click save when finished.
f. A confirmation page will appear for you to print and save for your records
If you do file online, please do not mail or fax the completed report to DOT as this
may cause data entry errors.
2. Mail to:
DOT/PHMSA Office of Pipeline Safety
Information Resources Manager,
400 7th Street SW
Room 2103, PHP-10
3. Fax to: Information Resources Manager at (202) 366-4566.
GasTransAnnualInstructions 122005 Final 7100 2-1.doc 1

IMPORTANT: The Form PHMSA F 7100.2-1 has two total columns added to the form that we
revised this year:
If you need copies of the Form PHMSA F 7100.2-1 and/or instructions they can be found on the
Office of Pipeline Safety home page, http://ops.dot.gov, by clicking the FORMS tab or OPS
FORMS section of the ONLINE LIBRARY. If you have questions about this report or these
instructions, please call (202)366-8861 or (202)366-8075. Please type or print all entries when
submitting forms by mail.
Please round all mileage to the nearest 3 decimal positions. DO NOT USE FRACTIONS.
Examples of rounding are as follows: 3/8 should round to 0.375; 3/4 should round to 0.75 and ½
should round to 0.5.
The total mileage reported in Part B sections 1 through 4 MUST all sum to the same totals in the
appropriate rows. Please do not to report miles of pipeline in feet. If necessary, please convert
feet into a decimal notation (e.g. 1,320 feet = .25 miles).
Make an entry in each block for which data is available. Estimate data if necessary. Please
avoid entering mileage in the UNKNOWN columns where possible. We recognize that some
companies may have very old pipe for which installation records may not exist. Enter estimate
of the total of such mileage in the UNKNOWN section of item 3: “Miles of Pipe by Decade of
Installation”.
SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS
Enter the Calendar Year for which the report is being filed. Check Initial Report if this is the
original filing for this calendar year. Check Supplemental Report if this is a follow-up to a
previously filed report to amend or correct information. On Supplemental Reports, please
complete Part A and only amended, revised, or added information for Parts B, C, D and E.
PART A - OPERATOR INFORMATION
Insert the operator name and address data. Report the address where additional information can
be found.
The operator's five digit identification number appears on the PHMSA mailing label (without
leading zeroes when less than 10000). If the person completing the report does not have the
operator identification number, they should contact the Information Resources Manager or
PHMSA at (202) 366-8075 for the five-digit operator identification number.
Enter the_State_for_which_information_is_being_reported. An operator should submit a

separate report for all company transmission or non-rural gathering operations for each State in
which it operates. A company may submit separate reports for subsidiaries or affiliate
operations. Please do not report a pipeline facility more than once.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

PART B - SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The mileage of pipeline supplied in Part B, sections 1 and 2, will be used to better protect people
and the environment. Mileage reported should accurately reflect miles of pipe meeting the
PHMSA gas transmission and non-rural gathering line definitions. In the past, short segments of
pipeline operated by distribution systems at less than 20 percent of the specified minimum yield
strength (SMYS) have sometimes been inaccurately reported as transmission lines. Please
carefully consider all reported pipelines classifications.
COATED means pipe coated with an effective hot or cold applied dielectric coating or wrapper.
OTHER PIPE means a pipe made of material not specifically designated on the form, such as
copper, aluminum, etc. Enter the Other Pipe material, either in the column heading or by an
attachment if mileage of Other Pipe is shown.
Include Outer Continental Shelf pipelines under offshore in Part B, sections No. 1 and No. 2.
Provide miles of pipe by decade installed in Part B, section 3. Estimate if exact totals aren’t
known. Where decade of installation is not known because records do not exist for such
information, enter an estimate of this mileage in the UNKNOWN column. The sum total of
mileage reported for Part B, section 3 should match total mileage reported in Part B sections 1, 2,
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
and 4.
Provide miles of pipe by class location in Part B, section 4. Class location is defined in 49 Code
of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part '192.5. These definitions are provided in Appendix A,
below. All offshore mileage is Class 1.
PART C - TOTAL LEAKS ELIMINATED/REPAIRED DURING YEAR
Include all reportable leaks or ruptures and non-reportable leaks or ruptures repaired or
eliminated including replaced pipe or other component during the calendar year. Do not include
test failures.
Leaks are unintentional escapes of gas from the pipeline. A non-hazardous release that can be
eliminated by lubrication, adjustment, or tightening is not a leak.
A reportable leak is one that meets the specific criteria of '191.5 and is reported on Form
PHMSA F 7100.2, Incident Report - Gas Transmission and Gathering Systems. A non-
reportable leak is one that is not reported under '191.5.
Leaks are classified as:
CORROSION: leak resulting from a hole in the pipe or other component that galvanic,
bacterial, chemical, stray current, or other corrosive action causes.
NATURAL FORCES: leak resulting from earth movements, earthquakes, landslides,

subsidence, lightning, heavy rains/floods, washouts, flotation, mudslide, scouring, temperature,

frost heave, frozen components, high winds, or similar natural causes.
EXCAVATION: leak resulting from damage caused by earth moving or other equipment, tools,
or vehicles. Include leaks from damage by operator's personnel or contractor or people not
associated with the operator.
OTHER OUTSIDE FORCE DAMAGE: Include leaks caused by fire or explosion and
deliberate or willful acts, such as vandalism.
MATERIAL AND WELDS: leak resulting from failure of original sound material from force
applied during construction that caused a dent, gouge, excessive stress, or other defect that
eventually resulted in a leak. This includes leaks due to faulty wrinkle bends, faulty field welds,
and damage sustained in transportation to the construction or fabrication site. Also include leak
resulting from a defect in the pipe material, component, or the longitudinal weld or seam due to
faulty manufacturing procedures. Leaks from material deterioration, other then corrosion, after
exceeding the reasonable service life, are reported under Other.
EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONS: leak resulting from malfunction of control/relief

equipment including valves, regulators, or other instrumentation; stripped threads or broken pipe
couplings on nipples, valves, or mechanical couplings; or seal failures on gaskets, O-rings,
seal/pump packing, or similar leaks. Also include leaks resulting from inadequate procedures or
safety practices, or failure to follow correct procedures, or other operator error.
OTHER: leak resulting from any other cause, such as exceeding the service life, not attributable
to the above causes.
OFFSHORE includes jurisdictional pipelines on the Outer Continental Shelf.
PART D - TOTAL NUMBER OF LEAKS ON FEDERAL LAND

OR OCS REPAIRED OR SCHEDULED FOR REPAIR
FEDERAL LANDS means All lands owned by the United States except lands in the National
Park System, lands held in trust for an Indian or Indian tribe, and lands on the Outer Continental
Shelf.", as defined in 30 USC Section 185.
Enter all leaks repaired, eliminated, or scheduled for repair during the reporting year, including
those reported as incidents on Form PHMSA F 7100.2.
OUTER CONTINENTAL SHELF pipelines are separated to differentiate from other Federal
offshore areas, which could be within a lake or river.
PART E - NUMBER OF KNOWN SYSTEM LEAKS

AT END OF YEAR SCHEDULED FOR REPAIR
Include all known leaks scheduled for elimination by repairing or by replacing pipe or some
other component.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

PART F - PREPARER AND AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
PREPARER is the name of the person most knowledgeable about the report or the person to be
contacted for more information. Please include the direct phone number and email address.
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE may be the preparer, an officer, or other person whom the
operator has designated to review and sign reports. Please include the direct phone number and
email address. If submitting via the Online Data Entry System your Operator ID and PIN take the
place of the Authorized Signature.
APPENDIX A
Sec. '192.5 Class locations.
(a) This section classifies pipeline locations for purposes of this part. The following criteria
apply to classifications under this section.
(1) A ``class location unit'' is an onshore area that extends 220 yards (200 meters) on either
side of the centerline of any continuous 1- mile (1.6 kilometers) length of pipeline.
(2) Each separate dwelling unit in a multiple dwelling unit building is counted as a separate
building intended for human occupancy.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, pipeline locations are classified as
follows:
(i) An offshore area; or
(ii) Any class location unit that has 10 or fewer buildings intended for human occupancy.
(i) Any class location unit that has more than 10 but fewer than 46 buildings intended for
human occupancy.
(i) Any class location unit that has 46 or more buildings intended for human occupancy; or
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
(ii) An area where the pipeline lies within 100 yards (91 meters) of either a building or a
small, well-defined outside area (such as a playground, recreation area, outdoor theater, or other
place of public assembly) that is occupied by 20 or more persons on at least 5 days a week for 10
weeks in any 12-month period. (The days and weeks need not be consecutive.)
(4) A Class 4 location is any class location unit where buildings with four or more stories
above ground are prevalent.
(c) The length of Class locations 2, 3, and 4 may be adjusted as follows:
(1) A Class 4 location ends 220 yards (200 meters) from the nearest building with four or
more stories above ground.
(2) When a cluster of buildings intended for human occupancy requires a Class 2 or 3 location,
the class location ends 220 yards (200 meters) from the nearest building in the cluster.

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Blank Sheet

GPTC GUIDE FOR GAS TRANSMISSION AND Guide Material Appendix G-192-1
GUIDE MATERIAL APPENDIX G-192-1
SUMMARY OF REFERENCES AND RELATED SOURCES

(Reorganized and updated for 2003 Edition, Addendum No. 2)
1 MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, STANDARDS, AND OTHER DOCUMENTS
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
The publications listed below provide information on pipe, components, specifications, and topics other
than those covered currently or previously by Part 192. The list is intended to include all such
publications referenced throughout the guide material. For some publication titles, certain initial words
have been omitted for brevity, e.g., ASTM B 43, "Standard Specification for Seamless Red Brass Pipe,
Standard Sizes" is presented here as "Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes." Under some
conditions, the application of the information is limited by provisions of Part 192 and this Guide. See
Editorial Conventions of the Guide for explanation of "Discontinued." Most material specifications,
codes, standards, and many other documents have been developed and approved in accordance with
American National Standards Institute (ANSI) procedures and typically carry added identification
referencing ANSI. Such identification is not routinely shown in the Guide. The appropriate guide
material section is listed for each publication where applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the publications
listed below are the latest available editions.
1.1 PIPE - METALLIC

ANSI A21.52 Ductile – Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Gas §192.557
(Discontinued)
API RP 5LW Transportation of Line Pipe on Barges and Marine Vessels §192.65
§192.103
ASME I00396 History of Line Pipe Manufacturing in North America §192.3
ASTM A120 Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) Welded and Seamless for Ordinary Uses
(Discontinued - Withdrawn 1987)
ASTM A155 Electric-Fusion Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure
Service (Discontinued - Withdrawn 1978 - and replaced by
ASTM A 671)
ASTM B43 Seamless Red Brass Pipe, Standard Sizes
AWWA C101 Thickness Design of Cast Iron Pipe (Discontinued) §192.557
AWWA C150 Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe §192.557
1.2 PIPE - PLASTIC

[See 1.11 Plastic Related]

1.3 VALVES
[See other related references under 1.4 Fittings-Flanged and 1.7 Fittings-Miscellaneous]
API Std 600 Bolted Bonnet Steel Gate Valves for Petroleum and Natural §192.145
Gas Industries
ASME B16.33 Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas §192.145
Piping Systems Up to 125 psig (Sizes NPS ½ - NPS 2)
ASME B16.34 Valves - Flanged, Threaded, and Welding End §192.145
ASME B16.38 Large Metallic Valves for Gas Distribution (Manually §192.145
Operated, NPS 2½ to 12, 125 psig Max)
1.4 FITTINGS - FLANGED

ASME B16.47 Large Diameter Steel Flanges (NPS 26 through NPS 60) §192.147
AWWA C207 Steel Pipe Flanges for Waterwork Service, Sizes 4 Inch
Through 144 Inch
MSS SP-6 Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and §192.147
Connecting-End Flanges of Valves and Fittings
1.5 FITTINGS - THREADED

ASME B16.3 Malleable Gray Iron Threaded Fittings §192.149
ASME B16.4 Gray Iron Threaded Fittings §192.149
ASME B16.14 Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings and Locknuts with Pipe
Threads
ASME B16.15 Cast Bronze Threaded Fittings, Classes 125 and 250 §192.149
1.6 FITTINGS - WELDED

ASME B16.9 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Fittings §192.149
App. G-192-3
ASME B16.25 Buttwelding Ends
ASME B16.28 Wrought Steel Buttwelding Short Radius Elbows and
Returns
ASTM A234 Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for
Moderate and High Temperature Service --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
ASTM A420 Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for
Low-Temperature Service
MSS SP-75 High Test Wrought Butt Welding Fittings §192.149
§192.157

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
1.7 FITTINGS - MISCELLANEOUS

ANSI A21.14 Ductile Iron Fittings, 3-Inch Through 24-Inch for Gas §192.557
ASME B16.11 Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded §192.149
App.G-192-5
ASME B16.18 Cast Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings
ASME B16.22 Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure
Fittings
ASME B16.36 Orifice Flanges
ASME B16.48 Steel Line Blanks
ASME B16.49 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding Induction Bends
for Transportation and Distribution Systems
ASTM A105 Carbon Steel Forgings for Piping Applications
ASTM A181 Carbon Steel Forgings for General-Purpose Piping
ASTM A182 Forged or Rolled Alloy-Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged Fittings,
and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service
ASTM A350 Carbon and Low-Alloy Steel Forgings, Requiring Notch
Toughness Testing for Piping Components
ASTM A733 Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel and Austenitic §192.149
Stainless Steel Pipe Nipples
MSS SP-79 Socket-Welding Reducer Inserts §192.149
MSS SP-83 Class 3000 Steel Pipe Unions, Socket-Welding and §192.149
Threaded
1.8 BOLTS & GASKETS

AGA CPR-83-4-1 Threaded Fastener Torquing §192.147
ASME B1.1 Unified Inch Screw Threads, Un and Unr Thread Form §192.147
ASME B16.20 Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges: Ring-Joint, Spiral- §192.147
Wound and Jacketed
ASME B16.21 Non-metallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe flanges
ASME B18.2.1 Square and Hex Bolts and Screws, Inch Series §192.147
ASME B18.2.2 Square and Hex Nuts, Inch Series §192.147
ASTM A193 Alloy Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High- §192.147
Temperature Service
ASTM A194 Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High-Pressure or §192.147
High-Temperature Service, or Both

1.8 BOLTS & GASKETS (Continued)

ASTM A307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength §192.147
ASTM A320 Alloy Steel Bolting Materials for Low-Temperature Service §192.147
ASTM A354 Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts, Studs, and §192.147
Other Externally Threaded Fasteners
ASTM A449 Quenched and Tempered Steel Bolts and Studs §192.147
1.9 CORROSION RELATED

NACE MR0175 Materials for Use in H2S-Containing Environments in Oil §192.53
and Gas Production §192.475
NACE RP0102 In-Line Inspection of Pipelines §192.150
NACE RP0169 Control of External Corrosion on Underground or §192.453
Submerged Metallic Piping Systems §192.455
§192.461
§192.463
§192.473
App. D
NACE RP0173 Collection and Identification of Corrosion Products §192.617
(Discontinued)
NACE RP0175 Control of Internal Corrosion in Steel Pipelines and Piping §192.475
Systems (Discontinued)
NACE RP0177 Mitigation of Alternating Current and Lightning Effects on §192.467
Metallic Structures and Corrosion Control Systems
NACE RP0200 Steel-Cased Pipeline Practices §192.323
§192.467
NACE RP0274 High-Voltage Electrical Inspection of Pipeline Coatings §192.461
NACE RP0375 Wax Coating Systems for Underground Piping Systems §192.461
NACE 3D170 Technical Committee Report, Electrical and §192.475
Electrochemical Methods for Determining Corrosion Rates
(Discontinued)
NACE 35100 Technical Committee Report, In-Line Nondestructive §192.150
Inspection of Pipelines
SSPC Painting Manual Good Painting Practice - Volume 1; and Systems and §192.479
Specifications - Volume 2

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1.10 DIMENSIONAL STANDARDS

API Spec 5B Threading, Gauging, and Thread Inspection of Casing,
Tubing, and Line Pipe Threads
ASME B1.20.1 Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch
ASME B1.20.3 Dryseal Pipe Threads, Inch
1.11 PLASTIC RELATED

AGA XR0104 Plastic Pipe Manual For Gas Service §192.285
§192.321
§192.751
ASME I00353 Installation of Plastic Gas Pipeline in Steel Conduits Across App. G-192-21
Bridges
ASTM D696 Test Method for Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion of §192.281
Plastics
ASTM D2235 Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) §192.281
Plastic Pipe and Fittings
ASTM D2560 Solvent Cements for Cellulose Acetate Butyrate (CAB) §192.281
Plastic Pipe, Tubing and Fittings (Discontinued)
ASTM D2657 Heat Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings §192.281
ASTM D2837 Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design §192.3
Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials or Pressure Design §192.63
Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Products §192.121
ASTM D2855 Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly (Vinyl Chloride) §192.281
(PVC) Pipe and Fittings
ASTM F689 Determination of the Temperature of Above-Ground Plastic
Gas Pressure Pipe Within Metallic Casings
ASTM F1041 Guide for Squeeze-Off of Polyolefin Gas Pressure Pipe and §192.321
Tubing
ASTM F1290 Electrofusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings §192.281
ASTM F1563 Tools to Squeeze-Off Polyethylene (PE) Gas Pipe or §192.321
Tubing
GRI-92/0147.1 Users’ Guide on Squeeze-Off of Polyethylene Gas Pipes §192.321
GRI-94/0205 Guidelines and Technical Reference on Gas Flow Shut-Off §192.321
in Polyethylene Pipes Using Squeeze Tools
GRI-96/0194 Service Effects of Hydrocarbons on Fusion and Mechanical §192.123
Performance of Polyethylene Gas Distribution Piping

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1.11 PLASTIC RELATED (Continued)

PPI - Handbook of PE Above Ground Applications for Polyethylene Pipe §192.321
Pipe Note: Available as individual chapter of the PPI Handbook App. G-192-21
of Polyethylene Pipe
PPI TN-13 General Guidelines for Butt, Saddle and Socket Fusion of §192.281
Unlike Polyethylene Pipes and Fittings §192.283
PPI TR-4 PPI Listing of Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB), Strength §192.121
Design Basis (SDB), Pressure Design Basis (PDB) and
Minimum Required Strength (MRS) Ratings for
Thermoplastic Piping Materials or Pipe
PPI TR-9 Recommended Design Factors and Design Coefficients for §192.123
Thermoplastic Pressure Pipe
PPI TR-22 Polyethylene Piping Distribution Systems for Components §192.121
of Liquid Petroleum Gases §192.123
PPI TR-33 Generic Butt Fusion Joining Procedure for Polyethylene §192.281
Gas Pipe §192.283
PPI TR-41 Generic Saddle Fusion Joining Procedure for Polyethylene §192.281
Gas Piping §192.283
PPI Tech. Comm. Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe §192.281
Project 141 and Fittings
1.12 PRESSURE & FLOW DEVICES

API RP 520 P2 Sizing, Selection and Installation of Pressure-Relieving §192.201
Devices in Refineries, Part 2 Installation
API RP 525 Testing Procedure for Pressure-Relieving Devices §192.743
Discharging Against Variable Back Pressure (Discontinued)
ASTM F1802 Test Method for Performance Testing of Excess Flow §192.381
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Valves
MSS SP-115 Excess Flow Valves for Natural Gas Service §192.381
NBBI Relieving Capacities of Safety Valves and Relief Valves §192.201
Approved by the National Board (Discontinued)
1.13 STRUCTURAL STEEL & SUPPORTS

ASTM A36 Carbon Structural Steel
MSS SP-58 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design and §192.357
Manufacture
MSS SP-69 Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application §192.357

1.14 OTHER DOCUMENTS

AGA X69804 Historical Collection of Natural Gas Pipeline Safety Forward
Regulations Editorial Notes
AGA XF0277 Classification of Gas Utility Areas for Electrical Installations §192.163
AGA XK0101 Purging Principles and Practice §192.629
§192.727
AGA XL8920 Attention Prioritizing and Pipe Replacement/Renewal §192.457
Decisions §192.703
App. G-192-18
AGA XQ0005 Odorization Manual §192.625
API RP 500 Classification of Locations for Electrical Installations at §192.163
Petroleum Facilities Classified as Class 1, Division 1 and
Division 2
API RP 1102 Steel Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways §192.103
App. G-192-15
API RP 1117 Movement of In-Service Pipelines §192.103
§192.703
APWA Excavator's Damage Prevention Guide and One-Call §192.614
Systems International Directory (includes Uniform Color
Code)
AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering, Chapter 1 – Roadway and App. G-192-15
Ballast (for Part 5 – Pipelines)
ASCE 428-5 Guidelines for the Seismic Design of Oil and Gas Pipeline §192.103
Systems (Discontinued)
ASME B31.1 Power Piping §192.141
ASME B31.2 Fuel Gas Piping
ASME B31.3 Process Piping §192.141
ASME B31.4 Pipeline Transportation Systems for Liquid Hydrocarbons
and Other Liquids
ASME B31.5 Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components §192.141
ASME B31.9 Building Services Piping
ASME Guide SI-1 ASME Orientation and Guide for Use of SI (Metric) Units App. G-192-M
ASNT ILI-PQ In-line Inspection Personnel Qualification and Certification §192.915
ASTM D6273 Standard Test Methods for Natural Gas Odor Intensity §192.625
ASTM E84 Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building §192.163
Materials

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1.14 OTHER DOCUMENTS (Continued)

AWS A3.0 Standard Welding Terms and Definitions §192.3
§192.221
CoGDEM Gas Detection and Calibration Guide App. G-192-11
App. G-192-11A
GPTC-Z380-TR-1 Review of Integrity Management for Natural Gas §192.907
Transmission Pipelines
GRI-91/0283 Guidelines for Pipelines Crossing Railroads §192.103
App. G-192-15
GRI-91/0284 Guidelines for Pipelines Crossing Highways §192.103
App. G-192-15
GRI-91/0285 Technical Summary and Database for Guidelines for App. G-192-15
Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways
GRI-91/0285.1 Executive Summary: Technical Summary and Database for App. G-192-15
Guidelines for Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways
IAPMO Uniform Plumbing Code §192.141
NCB Subsidence Engineers Handbook, National Coal Board App. G-192-13
Mining Department (U.K.), 1975
NFPA 10 Portable Fire Extinguishers
NFPA 14 Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems §192.141
NFPA 24 Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their §192.141
Appurtenances
NFPA 54/ANSI Z223.1 National Fuel Gas Code Fig. 192.11A
Fig. 192.11B
NFPA 220 Types of Building Construction
NFPA 224 Homes and Camps in Forest Areas (Discontinued) §192.163
NFPA 921 Guide for Fire and Explosion Investigations §192.617
PRCI L22279 Further Studies of Two Methods for Repairing Defects in §192.713
Line Pipe
PRCI L51406 Pipeline Response to Buried Explosive Detonations App. G-192-16
PRCI L51574 Non-Conventional Means for Monitoring Pipelines in Areas App. G-192-13
of Soil Subsidence or Soil Movement
PRCI L51717 Pipeline In-Service Relocation Engineering Manual §192.703
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

1.14 OTHER DOCUMENTS (Continued)

PRCI L51740 Evaluation of the Structural Integrity of Cold Field-Bent Pipe §192.313
PRCI PC-PISCES Personal Computer - Pipeline Soil Crossing Evaluation App. G-192-15
System (PC-PISCES), Version 2.0 (Related to API RP
1102)
UL 723 Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building §192.163
Materials
2 GOVERNMENTAL DOCUMENTS
NTSB Report Pipeline Accident Brief -- Fire and Explosion, Midwest Gas §192.613
PAB-98-02 Company, Waterloo, Iowa, October 17, 1994
NTSB Report Special Investigation Report -- Brittle-Like Cracking in §192.613
SIR-98-01 Plastic Pipe for Gas Service
OPS Common Ground -- Study of One-Call Systems and §192.614
Damage Prevention Best Practices, August 1999
OPS ADB-99-01 Advisory Bulletin -- Susceptibility of Certain Polyethylene §192.613
Pipe Manufactured by Century Utility Products, Inc. to
Premature Failure Due to Brittle-Like Cracking (64 FR
12211, Mar. 11, 1999)
OPS ADB-99-02 Advisory Bulletin -- Potential Susceptibility of Plastic Pipe §192.613
Installed Between the [Years] 1960 and the Early 1980s to
Premature Failure Due to Brittle-Like Cracking (64 FR
12212, Mar. 11, 1999)
OPS ADB-02-06 Advisory Bulletin -- Definition of Onshore Gas Gathering §192.9
Lines (67 FR 64447, Oct. 18, 2002)
OPS ADB-02-07 Advisory Bulletin -- Notification of the Susceptibility to §192.613
Premature Brittle-Like Cracking of Older Plastic Pipe (67
FR 70806, Nov. 26, 2002 with Correction, 67 FR 72027,
Dec. 3, 2002)
OPS ADB-04-01 Advisory Bulletin -- Hazards Associated with De-Watering §192.515
of Pipelines (69 FR 58225, Sept. 29, 2004)
OPS ADB-05-04 Advisory Bulletin - Notification Required by the Integrity §192.949
Management Regulations in 49 CFR Part 192, Subpart O
(70 FR 43939, July 29, 2005)
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
OPS-DOT.RSPA/DMT Safety Criteria for the Operation of Gaseous Hydrogen §192.1

10-85-1 Pipelines (Discontinued)

3 TECHNICAL PAPERS & PUBLICATIONS
3.1 EMERGENCY RELATED

"First at the Scene" by J.M. Lennon, Director of Claims, Philadelphia Electric Company; §192.617
AGA Operating Section Proceedings - 1983.
"How to Protect the Company at the Scene of an Incident" by Robert E. Kennedy, Director §192.617
of Claims, Claim & Security Department, The Brooklyn Union Gas Company; AGA
Operating Section Proceedings - 1983.
3.2 PLASTIC RELATED
“An Evaluation of Polyamide 11 for Use in High Pressure/High Temperature Gas Piping §192.123
Systems,” T.J. Pitzi et al., 15th Plastic Fuel Gas Pipe Symposium Proceedings - 1997, p.
107.
"Correlating Aldyl 'A' and Century PE Pipe Rate Process Method Projections With Actual §192.613
Field Performance," E.F. Palermo, Ph.D., Plastics Pipes XII Conference, April 2004.
“Mechanical Integrity of Fusion Joints Made from Polyethylene Pipe Exposed to Heavy §192.123
Hydrocarbons,” S.M. Pimputkar, 14th Plastic Fuel Gas Pipe Symposium Proceedings -
1995, p. 141.
“Polyamide 11 Liners Withstand Hydrocarbons, High Temperature,” A. Berry, Pipeline & §192.123
Gas Journal, December 1998, p. 81.
“Prediction of Organic Chemical Permeation through PVC Pipe,” A.R. Berens, Research §192.123
Technology, November 1985, p. 57.
“Strength of Fusion Joints Made from Polyethylene Pipe Exposed to Heavy §192.123
Hydrocarbons,” S.M. Pimputkar, 15th Plastic Fuel Gas Pipe Symposium Proceedings -
1997, p. 309.
3.3 UNCASED PIPE AND DIRECTIONAL DRILLING RELATED
"Drilling Fluids in Pipeline Installation by Horizontal Directional Drilling - A Practical App. G-192-15A
Applications Manual," J.D. Hair & Associates, Inc., Cebo Holland B.V., 1994.
"Guidelines For A Successful Directional Crossing Bid Package," 1996 Directory of the App. G-192-15A
North American Trenchless Technology Contractors.
"Installation of Pipelines by Horizontal Directional Drilling, An Engineering Design Guide, " App. G-192-15A
Prepared for the Offshore and Onshore Design Applications Supervisory Committee, of
the PRCI, at the American Gas Association, J.D. Hair and Associates, Louis J.
Cappozzolli and Associates, Inc., Stress Engineering Services, Inc., January 15, 1995.
"Measurement Techniques in Horizontal Directional Drilling," Ir. J. Gorter, N.V. App. G-192-15A
Nederlandse Gasunie, The Netherlands, February 1993.
"Piping Handbook," Fourth Edition, J.H. Walker and Sabin Crocker, 1930, McGraw-Hill App. G-192-15
Inc., New York, NY; data re-affirmed in Sixth Edition, published 1992.
3.4 SAFETY AND INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT RELATED
"Pipeline Risk Management Manual," W. Kent Muhlbauer, Elsevier/Gulf Professional §192.907
Publishing, ISBN: 0-7506-7579-9
Addendum No. 5, May 2006 324 --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

4 PUBLISHING ORGANIZATIONS
The specifications, codes, standards, and other documents listed in Sections 1 and 2 are published by
the following organizations:
AGA American Gas Association

400 North Capitol Street, NW Publications:
Washington, DC 20001 See Techstreet
Phone: 202/824-7000
FAX: 202/824-7115
On line: www.aga.org
ANSI American National Standards Institute

25 West 43rd Street
New York, NY 10036
Phone: 212/642-4900
FAX: 212/302-1286
On line: www.ansi.org
Search: www.nssn.org
API American Petroleum Institute

1220 L Street, NW Publications:
Washington, D.C. 20005-4070 See Global Engineering Documents
Phone: 202/682-8417
FAX: 202/682-8154
On line: www.api.org
APWA American Public Works Association Note: Free download available at

2345 Grand Boulevard, Suite 500 www.apwa.net/About/PET/RightOfWay/One-Call
Kansas City, MO 64108-2641 for:
Phone: 816/472-6100 • One-call Directory
FAX: 816/472-1610 • Marking Guidelines
On line: www.apwa.net • Color Code & Marking Guidelines
AREMA American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association

8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 1125
Landover, MD 20785
Phone: 301-459-3200
FAX: 301-459-8077
On line: www.arema.org
ASCE The American Society of Civil Engineers

1801 Alexander Bell Drive
Reston, VA 20191-4400
Phone: 800/548-2723
FAX: 703/295-6222
On line: www.asce.org
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

ASME The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International

& Information Central Center for Research and Technology
ASME/ Orders and Inquiries Development:
CRTD P.O. Box 2900 1828 L Street, NW, Suite 906
Fairfield, NJ 07007-2900 Washington, DC 20036-5104
Phone: 800/843-2763 Phone: 202/785-3756
FAX: 973/882-1717 FAX: 202/785-8120
On line: www.asme.org On line: www.asme.org/research
ASNT American Society for Nondestructive Testing

P.O. Box 28518
1711 Arlingate Lane
Columbus, OH 43228-0518
Phone: 800-222-2768
Fax: 614-274-6899
On line: www.asnt.org
ASTM ASTM International (Formerly American Society for Testing and Materials)
100 Barr Harbor Drive
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959
Phone: 610/832-9585
FAX: 610/832-9555
On line: www.astm.org
AWS American Welding Society

550 NW LeJune Road
Miami, FL 33126
Phone: 305/443-9353
FAX: 305/443-5951
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
On line: www.aws.org
AWWA American Water Works Association

6666 W. Quincy Avenue
Denver, CO 80235
Phone: 303/794-7711
FAX: 303/347-0804
On line: www.awwa.org
CoGDEM The Council of Gas Detection and Environmental Monitoring

Unit 11, Theobald Business Park
Knowl Piece, Wilbury Way
Hitchin, Herts, SG4 0TY, UK
Phone: +44(0) 1462 434322
FAX: +44(0) 1462 434488
On line: www.cogdem.org.uk
DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association

245 Riverchase Parkway East, Suite O
Birmingham, AL 35244
Phone: 205/402-8700
FAX: 205/402-8730
On line: www.dipra.org

GTI Gas Technology Institute

(Formerly 1700 S. Mount Prospect Road
GRI) Des Plaines, IL 60018-1804
Phone: 847/768-0500
Orders: 630/406-5994
FAX: 630/403-5995
On line: www.gastechnology.org
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials

5001 E. Philadelphia Street
Ontario, CA 91761
Phone: 909/472-4100
Orders: 800/854-2766
FAX: 909/472-4150
On line: www.iapmo.org/iapmo
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry

127 Park Street, N.E.
Vienna, VA 22180
Phone: 703/281-6613
FAX: 703/281-6671
On line: www.normas.com/MSS
NACE NACE International

1440 South Creek Drive
Houston, TX 77084-4906
Phone: 281/228-6223
FAX: 281/228-6329
On line: www.nace.org
NBBI National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors

1055 Crupper Avenue
Columbus, Ohio 43229-1183
Phone: 614/888-8320
FAX: 614/848-3474
On line: www.nationalboard.org
NCB National Coal Board (Replaced by The Coal Authority in 1994)

The Coal Authority
200 Lichfield Lane
Mansfield, Nottinghamshire NG18 4RG
Phone: 01623-427-162
On line: www.coal.gov.uk
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
NFPA National Fire Protection Association

1 Batterymarch Park
Quincy, MA 02169-7471
Phone: 800/344-3555
FAX: 800/593-6372
On line: www.nfpa.org

OPS DOT/PHMSA/Office of Pipeline Safety

Attn: Freedom of Information Act Request
400 7th Street, SW, Room 2103
Phone: 202/366-4595
FAX: 202/366-4566
On line: ops.dot.gov
PPI Plastics Pipe Institute

1825 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 680
Washington, D.C. 20009
Phone: 202/462-9607
FAX: 202/462-9779
On line: www.plasticpipe.org
PRCI Pipeline Research Council International

Home Office: Publications:
1401 Wilson Boulevard; Suite 1101 See TTI
Arlington, VA 22209-2505
Phone: 703/387-0190
Fax: 703/387-0192
On line: www.prci.org
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council (Name changed in 1997 to SSPC: The Society for
Protective Coatings)
SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings
40 24th Street, 6th Floor
Pittsburgh, PA 15222-4656
Phone: 877/281-7772
FAX: 412/281-9992
On line: www.sspc.org
UL Underwriters Laboratories
333 Pfingsten Road
Northbrook, IL 60062-2096
Phone: 847/272-8800
FAX: 847/272-8129
On line: www.ul.com
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
5 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION RESOURCES
ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists

1330 Kemper Meadow Drive
Cincinnati, Ohio 45240
Phone: 513/742-2020
Fax: 513/742-3355
On line: www.ACGIH.org

ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.

1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30329
Phone: 404/636-8400
FAX: 404/321-5478
On line: www.ashrae.com
Battelle Battelle
505 King Avenue
Columbus, OH 43201-2693
Phone: 614/424-6393
FAX: 614/424-3819
On line: www.battelle.org
BOCA Building Officials and Code Administrators International, Inc. (Replaced in 1994 by the
or International Codes Council)
ICC International Codes Council
5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600
Falls Church, VA 22041
Phone: 888/422-7233
FAX: Birmingham, AL 205-592-7001
Chicago, IL 708/799-4981
Wittier, CA 562/699-4522
On line: www.iccsafe.org
Federal U.S. Government Printing Office

Register 732 North Capitol Street, NW
On line: www.gpoaccess.gov/fr/advanced.html
Global Global Engineering Documents

15 Inverness Way East
Englewood, CO 80112
Phone: 800/854-7179 (Local: 303/397-7956)
FAX: 303/397-2740
On line: www.global.ihs.com
ILI ILI Infodisk, Inc.

610 Winters Avenue
Paramus, NJ 07652
Phone: 866/816-9444
Publications & Sales Phone: 888/454-2688
FAX: 201/986-7886
On line: www.ili-info.com
ILS International Library Service

2722 North 650 Street
P.O. Box 735
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Provo, Utah 84603

Phone: 801/374-6214
FAX: 801/374-0634
On line: www.normas.com
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 326(c)

NTIS National Technical Information Service

Technology Administration
U.S. Department of Commerce
5285 Port Royal Road
Springfield, VA 22161
Phone: 703/605-6000
Fax: 703/605-6900
On line: www.ntis.gov
NTSB National Transportation Safety Board

490 L'Enfant Plaza, SW
Phone: 800/877-6799 (Local: 202/314-6551)
Fax: 202/314-6132
On line: www.ntsb.gov
Techstreet Techstreet
777 East Eisenhower Parkway
Ann Arbor, MI 48108
Phone: 800/699-9277
Fax: 734/913-3946
On line: www.techstreet.com
TTI Technical Toolboxes, Inc.

3801 Kirby Drive, Suite 520
P.O. Box 980550
Houston, TX 77098-0550
Phone: 713/630-0505
Fax: 713/630-0560
On line: www.ttoolboxes.com
Addendum No. 6, September 2006 --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- 326(d)

GPTC GUIDE FOR GAS TRANSMISSION AND Guide Material Appendix G-192-1A
GUIDE MATERIAL APPENDIX G-192-1A

(See guide material under §§192.7 and 192.144)
EDITIONS OF MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS

PREVIOUSLY INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THE REGULATIONS
Asterisk (*) marked entries show documents no longer included for reference in §192.7.
A American Petroleum Institute (API)

(1) API RP 5L1, Recommended Practice for Railroad Transportation of Line Pipe (1967, 1972, 1990).
(2)* API Spec 5A, API Specification for Casing, Tubing, and Drill Pipe (1968, 1971, 1973, + Supp. 1,
1979).
(3) API Spec 5L, Specification for Line Pipe (1967, 1970, 1971 + Supp. 1, 1975, 1980, 1985, 1988,
1992, 1995, 2000).
(4)* API Spec 5LS, API Specification for Spiral-Weld Line Pipe (1967, 1970, 1971 + Supp. 1, 1973 +
Supp. 1, 1975 + Supp. 1, 1977, 1980). (Combined with 5L 3/31/82).
(5)* API Spec 5LX, API Specification for High-Test Line Pipe (1967, 1970, 1971 + Supp. 1, 1973 +
Supp. 1, 1975 + Supp. 1, 1977, 1980). (Combined with 5L 3/31/82).
(6)* API Spec 6A, API Specification for Wellhead and Christmas Tree Equipment (1968, 1974, 1979).
(7) API Spec 6D, Specification for Pipeline Valves (Gate, Plug, Ball and Check Valves) (1968, 1974,
1977, 1991, 1994).
(8) API Std 1104, Welding of Pipelines and Related Facilities (1968, 1973, 1980, 1988, 1994).
Editorial Note: Based on Amdt. 192-103, API RP80, Guide Lines for the Definition of Onshore Gas
Gathering Lines (1st edition, April 2000) was deleted from §192.7, being no longer incorporated by
reference. Therefore, it is to be added herein; however, it is still referenced in §192.8. Resolution
pending.
B American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

(1) ASTM A53, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded
and Seamless (1965, 1968, 1973, 1979, 1990b, 1995a, 1996, 1999).
(2)* ASTM A72, Standard Specification for Welded Wrought-Iron Pipe (1964T, 1968) (Discontinued
and not replaced).
(3) ASTM A106, Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for High-Temperature
Service, (1966, 1968, 1972a, 1979b, 1991, 1994a, 1995, 1999).
(4)* ASTM A134, Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded (Sizes NPS 16
and Over) (1964, 1968, 1973, 1974).
(5)* ASTM A135, Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Steel Pipe (1963T, 1968,
1973a, 1979).
(6)* ASTM A139, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion (Arc)-Welded Steel Pipe (NPS 4 and
Over) (1964, 1968, 1973, 1974).
(7)* ASTM A155, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure
Service (1965, 1968, 1972a). (Discontinued and replaced by A671, A672 and A 691).
(8)* ASTM A211, Standard Specification for Spiral-Welded Steel or Iron Pipe (1963, 1968, 1973, 1975)
(Discontinued and not replaced).
(9) ASTM A333, Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Steel Pipe for Low-Temperature
Service (1964, 1967, 1973, 1979, 1991a, 1994, 1999).
(10) ASTM A372, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Forgings for Thin-Walled Pressure
Vessels (1967, 1971, 1978, 1991a, 1995, 1999).
(11)* ASTM A377, Standard Index of Specifications for Grey Iron and Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe (1966,
1973, 1979).
(12) ASTM A381, Standard Specification for Metal-Arc-Welded Steel Pipe for Use with High-Pressure
Transmission Systems (1966, 1968, 1973, 1979, 1989, 1993. 1996).

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
327
(13)* ASTM A539, Standard Specification for Electric-Resistance-Welded Coiled Steel Tubing for Gas
and Fuel Oil Lines (1965, 1973, 1979) (Discontinued and replaced by ASTM A 450).
(14) ASTM A671, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for Atmospheric and
Lower Temperatures (1977, 1989a, 1994, 1996).
(15) ASTM A672, Standard Specification for Electric-Fusion-Welded Steel Pipe for High-Pressure
Service at Moderate Temperatures (1979, 1989b, 1994, 1996).
(16) ASTM A691, Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Pipe, Electric-Fusion-Welded for
High-Pressure Service at High Temperatures (1979, 1989a, 1993, 1998).
(17)* ASTM B42, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Pipe, Standard Sizes (1962, 1966, 1972,
1980).
(18)* ASTM B68, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube, Bright Annealed (1965, 1968,
1973, 1980).
(19)* ASTM B75, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube (1965, 1968, 1973, 1980).
(20)* ASTM B88, Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube (1966, 1972, 1980, 1999).
(21)* ASTM B251, Standard Specification for General Requirements for Wrought Seamless Copper and
Copper-Alloy Tube (1966, 1968, 1972, 1976).
(22) ASTM D638, Standard Test Method for Tensile Properties of Plastics (1977a, 1991, 1995, 1996,
1999).
(23) ASTM D2513, Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings
(1966T, 1968, 1970, 1971, 1973, 1974a, 1978ES, 1981, 1987 except for §192.63(a)(1), 1990c,
1995c, 1996).
(24) ASTM D2517, Standard Specification for Reinforced Epoxy Resin Gas Pressure Pipe and Fittings
(1966T, 1967, 1973, 1981-reapproved 1987, 1994).
(25) ASTM F1055, Standard Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside
Diameter Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing (1995).
C American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI) or ANSI/The American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ASME)
(1)* ANSI A21.1, Thickness Design of Cast-Iron Pipe (1967, 1972) (Discontinued and not replaced).
(2)* ANSI A21.3, Specification for Cast-Iron Pit Cast Pipe for Gas (1953) (Discontinued and not
replaced).
(3)* ANSI A21.7, Cast-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Metal Molds for Gas (1962) (Discontinued and
not replaced).
(4)* ANSI A21.9, Cast-Iron Pipe Centrifugally Cast in Sand-Lined Molds for Gas (1962) (Discontinued
and not replaced).
(5)* ANSI A21.11, Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings (1964, 1972,
1979) (Discontinued and not replaced).
(6)* ANSI A21.50, Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe (1965, 1971, 1976) (Discontinued and not
replaced).
(7)* ANSI A21.52, Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Gas (1965, 1971, 1976) (Discontinued and
not replaced).
(8) ANSI B16.1, Cast-Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (1967, 1975, 1989).
(9) ANSI B16.5, Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (1968, 1973, 1977, 1988 with October 1988
Errata and B16.5a-1992 Addenda, 1996 and B16.5a-1998 Addenda).
(10)* ANSI B16.24, Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (1962, 1971, 1979) (Source:
ASME B16.24).
(11)* ANSI B36.10, Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel Pipe (1959, 1970, 1979).
(12)* ANSI C1, National Electrical Code (1968, 1975).
(13)* ANSI C101-67, Thickness Design of Cast-Iron Pipe (1977) (Discontinued and not identified by
ANSI or ASME).

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---

D American National Standards Institute, Inc. (ANSI)/National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
(1) ANSI/NFPA 30, Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code (1969, 1973, 1977, 1990, 1993, 1996).
(2) ANSI/NFPA 58, Liquefied Petroleum Gas Code (1969, 1972, 1979, 1992, 1995, 1998).
(3) ANSI/NFPA 59, Standard for the Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases at Utility
Gas Plants (1968, 1979, 1992, 1995, 1998).
(4)* ANSI/NFPA 59A, Production, Storage and Handling of Liquefied Natural Gas (1971, 1972, 1979).
(5) ANSI/NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (1978, 1993, 1996).
E The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

(1) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section I, Power Boilers (1992 with Interpretations, 1995
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
with Addenda, 1998).

(2) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Pressure Vessels, Division 1 (1968, 1974,
1977, 1992 with Interpretations, 1995 with Addenda, 2001).
(3) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Pressure Vessels, Division 2 Alternative
Rules (1992 with Interpretations, 1995 with Addenda, 2001).
(4) ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications (1968,
1974, 1977, 1992 with Interpretations, 1995 with Addenda, 2001).
(5) ASME B31.8, Gas Transmission and Distribution Piping Systems (1995).
(6) ASME B31.8S, Supplement to B31.8 on Managing System Integrity of Gas Pipelines (2002).
F Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valves and Fittings Industry, Inc. (MSS)
(1)* MSS SP-25, Standard Marking System for Valves, Fittings, Flanges, and Unions (1964, 1978).
(2) MSS SP-44, Steel Pipeline Flanges (1955, 1972, 1975, 1991).
(3)* MSS SP-52, Cast-Iron Pipe Line Valves (1957) (Discontinued and not replaced).
(4)* MSS SP-70, Cast-Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends (1970, 1976).
(5)* MSS SP-71, Cast-Iron Swing Check Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends (1970, 1976).
(6)* MSS SP-78, Cast-Iron Plug Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends (1972, 1977).
G Plastic Pipe Institute , Inc. (PPI)
(1) PPI TR-3, Policies and Procedures for Developing Hydrostatic Design Basis (HDB), Pressure
Design Basis (PDB), Strength Design Basis (SDB), and Minimum Required Strength (MRS)
Ratings for Thermoplastic Piping Materials (2000).

Reserved
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
330
GUIDE MATERIAL APPENDIX G-192-15

(See guide material under §192.111)
DESIGN OF UNCASED PIPELINE CROSSINGS OF HIGHWAYS AND RAILROADS
1 INTRODUCTION
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
These guidelines provide references for contemporary techniques (PC-PISCES and API RP 1102) and
the historical "Spangler Method" to design uncased pipeline crossings. Reference is also provided to a
specifications manual by the American Railway Engineering and Maintenance of Way Association.
2 CONTEMPORARY TECHNIQUES
In 1985, the Gas Research Institute funded a research project to develop an improved method for the
design of uncased pipelines beneath railroads and highways. The study provided a more accurate
method (i.e., PC-PISCES) for design of uncased crossings. The findings of this study are incorporated
into the following publications.
(a) GRI-91/0283, "Guidelines for Pipelines Crossing Railroads."
(b) GRI-91/0284, "Guidelines for Pipelines Crossing Highways."
(c) GRI-91/0285, "Technical Summary and Database for Guidelines for Pipelines Crossing Railroads
and Highways."
(d) GRI-91/0285.1, "Executive Summary: Technical Summary and Database for Guidelines for
Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways."
(e) PRCI PC-PISCES, "Personal Computer - Pipeline Soil Crossing Evaluation System (PC-PISCES),"
Version 2.0 (Related to API RP 1102)
(f) API RP 1102, "Steel Pipelines Crossing Railroads and Highways."
3 HISTORICAL METHOD
Prior to the GRI study, the “Spangler Method” was used to design uncased crossings. This procedure
uses the design factors for uncased crossings specified in §192.111(b) and (c) along with various
factors applicable to the determination of external loading on the pipe resulting from both live and dead
loads. The factors used in determining the calculated external loading are variable and provide the
designer with flexibility to consider various soil and highway loading conditions.
The end result of the calculation procedure is a determination of the total hoop stress imposed on the
uncased pipeline by the operating pressure and the external loading from the soil and traffic over the
pipe. The calculation of total hoop stress may be used to confirm that the uncased pipeline will not be
subject to an excessive calculated stress level in service. The total calculated combined stress, ST,
should not exceed 100 percent SMYS.
PD 3K b WEDt
ST = SI + SE = +
2t E t 3 + 3K z P D3
10.4 LDI
W = 83.3 Cd δ B2D 10-3 +
π H 2 103

--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Where:
ST = total calculated combined stress, psi (≤ 100 percent SMYS)
SI = hoop stress due to internal pressure, psi (as determined from the formula in §192.105
using design temperature derating and joint factors equal to 1)
SE = hoop stress due to external loading, psi (as determined based on the procedure
developed by Dr. M. G. Spangler, lowa State University)
P = internal pipeline pressure, psi (may not exceed the pressure determined from §192.105
using the design factors specified in §192.111)
D = outside pipe diameter, inches
t = nominal wall thickness, inches
Kb = bending parameter (See Table 192.111ii)
W = total external load, pounds/lineal inch of pipe (includes soil dead load and vehicular live
load)
E = modulus of elasticity of steel = 30 x 106 psi
Kz = deflection parameter (See Table 192.111ii)
Cd = load coefficient (See Table 192.111iii)
δ = unit weight of soil (120 pounds/cubic foot should be used unless the unit weight of
highway subsoil material is known)
BD = width of pipe trench or diameter of bored hole, feet
L = wheel load, pounds (the maximum wheel loading allowed by the governing authority
should be used)
I = impact factor (1.5 should be used for nonrigid pavement and 1.0 for rigid pavement)
H = height of soil over pipe, feet
DEFLECTION AND BENDING MOMENT PARAMETERS FOR CIRCULAR PIPE

WITH LOAD UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED OVER TOP 180 DEGREES AND
BOTTOM SUPPORT DISTRIBUTED OVER VARIOUS WIDTHS1
Width of
Uniform Crossing Conditions Parameters
Support
Under Pipe
(Degrees)
Deflection Moment
Kz Kb
0 Consolidated Rock 0.110 0.294
30 Open Trench 0.108 0.235
60 ---- 0.103 0.189
90 Bored 0.096 0.157
120 ---- 0.089 0.138
150 ---- 0.085 0.128
180 ---- 0.083 0.125
1
Suggested parameters for various soil conditions are conservative. If width of support under pipe is known to
be different from examples shown in the first column, then appropriate parameters may be used. Use
parameter values for consolidated rock if bottom of the trench or bore is a mixture of soil and rock,
but is predominantly rock.
TABLE 192.111ii
398
SAFE WORKING VALUES FOR THE COEFFICIENT Cd FOR

CALCULATING LOADS ON PIPES IN TRENCHES1
Minimum
possible without Extreme
cohesion. These Ordinary maximum for
values give the maximum for clay (completely
loads generally Maximum for clay (thoroughly saturated).
imposed by ordinary sand. wet). These These values are
granular filling These values are values are safe only for
materials before safe for all Completely for all ordinary extremely
tamping or ordinary cases of saturated cases of clay unfavorable
setting. sand filling. topsoil filling. conditions.
H/B (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
0.5 0.455 0.461 0.464 0.469 0.474
1.0 0.830 0.852 0.864 0.881 0.898

1.5 1.140 1.183 1.208 1.242 1.278
2.0 1.395 1.464 1.504 1.560 1.618
2.5 1.606 1.702 1.764 1.838 1.923
3.0 1.780 1.904 1.978 2.083 2.196

3.5 1.923 2.075 2.167 2.298 2.441
4.0 2.041 2.221 2.329 2.487 2.660
4.5 2.136 2.344 2.469 2.650 2.856
5.0 2.219 2.448 2.590 2.798 3.032
5.5 2.286 2.537 2.693 2.926 3.190

6.0 2.340 2.612 2.782 3.038 3.331
6.5 2.386 2.675 2.859 3.137 3.458
7.0 2.423 2.729 2.925 3.223 3.571
7.5 2.454 2.775 2.982 3.299 3.673
8.0 2.479 2.814 3.031 3.366 3.764

8.5 2.500 2.847 3.073 3.424 3.845
9.0 2.518 2.875 3.109 3.476 3.918
9.5 2.532 2.898 3.141 3.521 3.983
10.0 2.543 2.918 3.167 3.560 4.042
11.0 2.561 2.950 3.210 3.626 4.141

12.0 2.573 2.972 3.242 3.676 4.221
13.0 2.581 2.989 3.266 3.715 4.285
14.0 2.587 3.000 3.283 3.745 4.336
15.0 2.591 3.009 3.296 3.768 4.378
Very Great 2.599 3.030 3.333 3.846 4.545
1
Data from Column (4) should be used unless highway subsoil is known to be material specified in Columns (1), (2), (3) or (5).
TABLE 192.111iii
Reprinted from Piping Handbook, Fourth Edition, J.H. Walker and Sabin Crocker, 1930, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, NY; data re-
affirmed in Sixth Edition, published 1992.
4 AMERICAN RAILWAY ENGINEERING AND MAINTENANCE OF WAY ASSOCIATION (AREMA)
(a) AREMA provides specifications for pipelines installed within railroad rights-of-way. These specifications are contained in Part
5 – Pipelines of Chapter 1 – Roadway and Ballast in the AREMA Manual for Railway Engineering and are written for the chief
engineer (or authorized representative) of the railroad company.
(b) In accordance with the above manual, casing pipe for gas pipelines within the railroad right-of-way may be omitted provided
that the specifications provided in the manual are met by the operator and approved by the railroad.
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
Reserved
--``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`---
400

AGA Guia 6 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

AGA Guia 6 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GPTC GUIDE FOR GAS TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION PIPING SYSTEMS

ADDENDUM NO. 6, September 2006

Copyright American Gas Association

Guide Section Reason For Change Pages to be Removed Replacement Pages

192.619 Amdt. 192-103 213/214 and 215/216 213/214 and 215/216

Copyright American Gas Association

GPTC Z380.1 - 2003

Approved by ANSI/GPTC Z380.1-2003

Copyright American Gas Association

Conversions of figures to electronic format courtesy of ViaData Incorporated.

Addendum No. 1, September 2004 ii

FOREWORD ..................................................................................................................................... xii

LETTER TO GAS PIPING TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE FROM

AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION (AGA) NOTICE AND DISCLAIMER ................... xiv

EDITORIAL CONVENTIONS OF THE GUIDE .....................................................................xv

EDITORIAL NOTES FOR THE HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF

HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF PART 191 .......................................................... xvii

HISTORICAL RECORD OF AMENDMENTS TO PART 191 .........................................xix

HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF PART 192 ......................................................... xxiii

HISTORICAL RECORD OF AMENDMENTS TO PART 192 ....................................... xxxi

GAS PIPING TECHNOLOGY COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP LIST .................................li

PART 191 -- ANNUAL REPORTS, INCIDENT REPORTS, AND SAFETY-RELATED

Addendum No. 5, May 2006 iii

PART 192 -- MINIMUM FEDERAL SAFETY STANDARDS .......................................... 11

SUBPART B -- MATERIALS .............................................................................................................. 29

SUBPART C -- PIPE DESIGN ............................................................................................................ 35

SUBPART D -- DESIGN OF PIPELINE COMPONENTS .................................................................. 49

Addendum No.6, September 2006

192.157 Extruded outlets......................................................................................................... 61

192.161 Supports and anchors ............................................................................................... 66

SUBPART E -- WELDING OF STEEL IN PIPELINES ...................................................................... 89

SUBPART F -- JOINING OF MATERIALS OTHER THAN BY WELDING ...................................... 97

Addendum No. 1, September 2004 v

SUBPART G -- GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR TRANSMISSION

SUBPART I -- REQUIREMENTS FOR CORROSION CONTROL ................................................. 143

Addendum No. 6, September 2006 vi

Copyright American Gas Association

192.473 External corrosion control: Interference currents.................................................... 157

SUBPART J -- TEST REQUIREMENTS .......................................................................................... 167

SUBPART K -- UPRATING .............................................................................................................. 177

SUBPART L -- OPERATIONS.......................................................................................................... 185

192.625 Odorization of gas.................................................................................................... 217

SUBPART M -- MAINTENANCE ...................................................................................................... 223

SUBPART N -- QUALIFICATION OF PIPELINE PERSONNEL..................................................... 259

SUBPART O -- PIPELINE INTEGRITY MANAGEMENT ............................................................. 262(i)

Addendum No. 6, September 2006 --``,,,``,`````,``,``,,,`,,`,,`-`-`,,`,,`,`,,`--- viii

192.911 What are the elements of an integrity management program?..........................262(q)

APPENDICES TO PART 192

GUIDE MATERIAL APPENDICES

Addendum No. 6, September 2006 ix

Guide Material Appendix G-192-8 [Reserved]................................................................... 355

Addendum No. 3, September 2005 x

HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF PART 192

SUBPART A – 192.1 192-27, 192-67, 192-78, 192-81

Addendum No. 6, September 2006 xxiii

Copyright American Gas Association

HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF PART 192

SUBPART C - PIPE 192.101

Addendum No. 6, September 2006 xxiv

HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF PART 192

SUBPART D – DESIGN 192.141

Addendum No. 6, September 2006

HISTORICAL RECONSTRUCTION OF PART 192